summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/52458-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-06 01:18:17 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-06 01:18:17 -0800
commitfda21ccb242f18f461cdc87e9c7d4e0cb39c690d (patch)
tree56a7976d0b1546581f3d382f407a2506933c439d /old/52458-0.txt
parent907eab6fde7c2591549ebf849ebc80860886aff7 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
Diffstat (limited to 'old/52458-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/52458-0.txt7465
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7465 deletions
diff --git a/old/52458-0.txt b/old/52458-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2724fa1..0000000
--- a/old/52458-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7465 +0,0 @@
-
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of My "Pardner" and I, by Willis George
-Emerson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: My "Pardner" and I Gray Rocks, A Story Of The Middle-West,
-Illustrated
-
-Author: Willis George Emerson
-
-Release Date: June 30, 2016 [EBook #52458] Last Updated: August 2, 2016
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MY "PARDNER" AND I ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Widger from page images generously provided by the
-Internet Archive
-
-
-
-
-
-MY “PARDNER” AND I
-
-(Gray Rocks)
-
-A Story Of The Middle-West
-
-Illustrated
-
-By Willis George Emerson
-
-Chicago: Laird & Lee, Publishers
-
-1894
-
-
-
-“Beneath yon rocky peak that hides
-
-In fleecy clouds its snow-flecked crest;
-
-Beneath those crimson crags abides
-
-The fairest queen of all the West.”
-
-
-
-0009
-
-
-
-0010
-
-
-
-0011
-
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-PREFACE.
-
-PARTIAL LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-CHAPTER I.—VANCE GILDER.
-
-CHAPTER II.—THE OLD MINER.
-
-CHAPTER III.—THE BANNER FORCE.
-
-CHAPTER IV—A SUPPER PARTY.
-
-CHAPTER V.—AN ODD CHARACTER.
-
-CHAPTER VI—THE TOWN BOOMER.
-
-CHAPTER VII.—A VISIT TO WATERVILLE
-
-CHAPTER VIII.—AT THE MINE
-
-CHAPTER IX.—THE STAGE DRIVER.
-
-CHAPTER X.—PROPERTY HAS GONE UP.
-
-CHAPTER XI.—OWNER OF THE PEACOCK MINE.
-
-CHAPTER XII—TROUT FISHING.
-
-CHAPTER XIII.—THE STAGE RIDE.
-
-CHAPTER XIV.—THE TOWN COMPANY’. MEETING.
-
-CHAPTER XV.—MISS VIRGINIA BONIFIELD.
-
-CHAPTER XVI.—THE OLD COLONEL’. DISAPPOINTMENT.
-
-CHAPTER XVII.—An AWAKENING.
-
-CHAPTER XVIII.—VANCE RETURNS TO WATERVILLE.
-
-CHAPTER XIX.—THE INDIGNATION MEETING
-
-CHAPTER XX.—THE STAGE IS ROBBED.
-
-CHAPTER XXI.—REACHING THE 400 FOOT LEVEL.
-
-CHAPTER XXII.—STARTING THE BOOM.
-
-CHAPTER XXIII.—RUFUS GRIM S AMBITION.
-
-CHAPTER XXIV.—THE GOLDEN MAUSOLEUM.
-
-CHAPTER XXV.—CROSS-CUTTING IN THE MINE.
-
-CHAPTER XXVI.—A STARTLING EDITORIAL.
-
-CHAPTER XXVII.—AT LAST!
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE.
-
-The breaking of a twig in some vast forest, or the dull echo of a
-miner’s pick in a rugged mountain canyon, alike suggest the solitude
-of Nature. The unwritten history of mining prospectors who search for
-yellow gold, or the advance guards of our civilization in the rich
-valleys of the West, are replete-with interest and dramatic incident.
-The “boom” town builder also plays a most conspicuous part in this
-unwritten drama.
-
-There are no frayed-out remnants of a former greatness to be found on
-the frontier. A man sells for his intrinsic worth—no more, no less.
-Conditions that made men great in former generations are here active.
-and develop manhood in its highest form.
-
-There is hardly a cross-road hamlet without its hotel, and usually a
-“Dick Ballard” presides. “Brainy men.” such as composed the
-Waterville Town Company, may be found wherever a new town is building,
-while a “Rufus Grim” is usually the autocrat of the mining camp.
-
-The old “Colonel” represents a class of sturdy miners whose untiring
-labor occasionally gives to the world the golden keys of some fabulously
-rich discovery; while the greater number dedicate their lives to a
-fruitless search for hidden treasures, and finally die of disappointment
-and a broken heart.
-
-“Louise,” in her unswerving devotion to her father, is a specimen of
-superior womanhood whose duplicate may be found in many a ranchman’s
-home throughout the nestling valleys of our y re at West.
-
-Sometimes I imagine I was with “J. Arthur Boast” in his hiding place
-when he wrote that last letter and saw the spectral ghost that ever kept
-him company. The retribution perhaps was just, yet my sympathy lingers
-around the old prospect shaft.
-
-Many of my readers will doubtless desire to express their criticism of
-GRAY ROCKS. Nothing will afford me more pleasure than to receive just
-criticisms, for it will at least enable me to escape similar errors in
-other stories that I am now engaged in writing.
-
-Sincerely, WILLIS GEORGE EMERSON.
-
-ELM REST, August 20, 1894.
-
-No. 1363 Central Park Boulevard, Chicago.
-
-
-
-
-PARTIAL LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
-
-I. The Mr. Gilder for Whom I am Looking is a Much Older Gentleman..14
-
-II. He Clasped Vance’s Hand Warmly.................................21
-
-III. A Letter Was Handed to Him....................................30
-
-IV. My Salary Has Been Raised,.....................................37
-
-V. Hello, Pardner! How D’.e Do.....................................41
-
-VI. He Offered Vance Some Havanas,.................................50
-
-VII. This ‘ere Town is Comin’ Out of the Kinks in Fine
-Shape.......60
-
-VIII. He Forgot Time,..............................................68
-
-IX. I Am Going to Give Him a Piece of My Mind......................76
-
-X. Vance Turned and Saw J. Arthur Boast............................82
-
-XI. “You’re the Young Man, I Reckon,” Said Grim, “From New
-York,”..87
-
-XII. Don’t You Think I Am Horrid to Go on Talking this Way to You?.96
-
-XIII. The Stage Ride..............................................108
-
-XIV. Gentlemen, We Deliberate Upon the Destiny of Waterville......114
-
-XV. Vance Was Presented to Miss Virginia Bonifield,...............124
-
-XVI. We Have Cross-cut Into Whar’ the Vein Ought to Be............135
-
-XVII. “Lost Your Position?” Said Louise, with Unmistakable
-Concern143
-
-XVIII. Vance Handed Marcus Donald a Copy..........................151
-
-XIX. They Are the Brainiest Lot of Men This Country Has Produced..162
-
-XX. They Started Pell-mell Down the Mountain Load.................171
-
-XXI. You Will Not Be Angry With Father, Will You?.................179
-
-XXII. There Are Times, When It’s Necessary to Put My Foot Down....189
-
-XXIII. “Yes,” Whispered Bertha, “I Love You So
-Much,”.............207
-
-XXIV. A Dark Form Crouched Near,..................................215
-
-XXV. Where Is the Powder?.........................................228
-
-XXVI. A Guilty Conscience Needs No Accuser........................236
-
-XXVII. Such Tender Things of Earth Are Sanctified in Heaven.......256
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I.—VANCE GILDER.
-
-9019
-
-ANCE GILDER [11] had an ambition. It was to be a great journalist.
-
-The sunshine that gleamed in at his western windows disclosed
-most luxurious apartments—indicating refinement and culture. The
-bric-a-brac; the leathern walls stamped with gilt; the frieze of
-palm-leaves; the chandelier; the richly carved book-case, filled with
-tawny-covered volumes; the upright piano, and a guitar which stood
-sentinel-like in a retired corner; together with India rugs and tiger
-skins on the floor before an open grate, half hidden by a large Japanese
-fan—bespoke wealth as well as refined taste.
-
-Seated at an open escritoire with writing materials before him, on the
-evening of a June day, was Vance Gilder.
-
-He was not more than twenty-five, of medium height, dark brown hair,
-soft and wavy as the silk of Indian corn, large brown eyes, a clear
-complexion, an aquiline nose, [12] and a rather heavy, dark moustache,
-which in part hid a well-formed mouth.
-
-Before him lay numerous packages of papers, but they were not claiming
-his attention. He was perusing a billet-doux written in a lady’s hand.
-
-There was a refinement and gentleness in his face, while his dress and
-surroundings indicated a serious elegance, rich but unaffected.
-
-“Who can she be?” was the exclamation that escaped him as he again
-read the letter which he held in his hand.
-
-Tossing it down, he walked back and forth across the room with measured
-strides.
-
-Stopping before the mantel, he lighted a cigar. “Louise Bonifield,”
-he ejaculated, between puffs of smoke, which he blew away in rings
-toward the ceiling, “where have I met her?
-
-9020
-
-Where have I seen that name?”
-
-Walking back to the escritoire, he took up the letter and read aloud:
-
-Murray Hill Hotel, June 18.
-
-Kind Sir:
-
-Father and I arrived in the city last night. He wishes me to call on
-you at three o’clock this afternoon; business of special importance to
-himself.
-
-Respectfully,
-
-LOUISE BONIFIELD.
-
-To Vance Gilder, Esq.
-
-“No,” he said aloud, “I do not remember Miss Louise Bonifield. It
-is doubtless very stupid of me, and all that, but if ever I even heard
-the name before, it certainly has [13] passed from my memory. She says
-three o’clock,” and glancing at the French time-piece which helped
-to make up the furniture of his room, he saw it was preparing to strike
-the hour of three.
-
-Scarcely had the sound of the mellow cathedral bell died away, when the
-door-bell clanged out like a harsh echo of the clock’s last stroke.
-
-9021
-
-The servant brought in a card bearing the name of “Louise
-Bonifield,” and received instructions to admit the visitor at once.
-
-The rustling of skirts was soon heard in the hallway.
-
-With the deportment of a queen, she accepted the proffered chair and
-raised to Vance’s face a pair of laughing blue eyes that might be
-dangerous. The parting of her rosy lips displayed her ivory teeth
-to advantage, while her evident embarrassment tinged with pink her
-beautiful cheeks.
-
-“I called,” she stammered, “to see Mr. Vance Gilder.”
-
-“At your service,” he replied, bowing low.
-
-“But really, sir, are you Mr. Gilder?”
-
-“I believe,” he replied, “that I enjoy the doubtful honor of that
-appellation.”
-
-The half-hesitation of the visitor as she stood in the open door might
-have suggested momentary confusion, but reassurance seemed to assert
-itself as she complied with the melodious invitation of Vance Gilder to
-enter and be seated.
-
-This vision of loveliness that entered the bachelor apartments of Vance
-Gilder might have been eighteen years old, but certainly no more. In
-stature she was of medium height, rather slender, and sustained herself
-[14] “It must be,” she faltered, with increasing embarrassment, “all
-a mistake.”
-
-0022
-
-Vance Gilder, with all his boasted matter-of-fact principles, was
-wonderfully interested in his fair visitor. She evidently was a stranger
-in the city, or a skilled actress. In referring to her afterwards, he
-spoke of her as a “dream of loveliness.”
-
-He was too chivalrous to permit his visitor’s embarrassment to
-increase if he could help it and quickly [15] assured her that it was
-not a very serious mistake, and asked in what way he could serve her, at
-the same time saying he regretted exceedingly that he did not answer the
-description of the Vance Gilder for whom she was seeking.
-
-“The Mr. Gilder for whom I am looking,” said his fair visitor, “is
-a much older gentleman than you. He visited father some three years ago,
-at Gold Bluff, Idaho, and owns an interest in Gray Rocks, my father’s
-mine. My father is very anxious to meet Mr. Gilder; in fact, we have
-come all the way from Idaho expressly for that purpose. He would have
-called in person, but was taken ill last evening—so ill, indeed, that
-we found it necessary to summon a physician. We are stopping at the
-Murray Hill Hotel. I fear my father will be greatly disappointed.”
-
-A shade of sadness stole over the usually buoyant face of Vance Gilder.
-
-“I think I understand,” said he. “I bear the name of my father,
-who, after spending several months in the mining districts of Idaho,
-went to California, where he remained over a year, endeavoring to regain
-his health. He returned home a little less than two years ago and died
-within two months after his arrival.
-
-“As his living representative, and in honor of his memory,” said he,
-with feeling, “if there is any way in which he could have served you
-or your father, had he lived, I will volunteer, to the extent of my
-ability, to act in his stead.”
-
-“It certainly is very kind of you,” she replied, “but I am
-distressed at this intelligence, and know my father will be also.
-We learned to think a great deal of Mr. Gilder [16] during his few
-months’ stay at Gold Bluff. You can certainly do my father a great
-service by calling on him.”
-
-“I shall take great pleasure,” said Vance, in his earnest way, “in
-doing so. I am employed on the Banner, and my duties will prevent me
-calling before tomorrow at ten o’clock, but at that hour, tell your
-father he may expect me.”
-
-She had risen while he was speaking, and with a face full of sympathy
-and kindness, thanked him for his promise; and before he realized what
-was transpiring, the hall door closed and she was gone.
-
-The house from which she had taken her leave was one of the best
-overlooking Central Park, in New York City. Vance Gilder, the elder, was
-a man of great determination of character, and had accumulated a fortune
-while yet in the prime of life. He built for himself this house. It was
-surrounded by elegantly kept gardens and velvet lawns.
-
-He retired from business late in the ‘60’., intending to devote
-himself to his wife and only son, then a mere child, and his library.
-Scarcely a year of such enjoyment was allowed him before his wife
-sickened and died, leaving him his son and his fortune. It was hardly
-more than natural that he should lavish a great deal of attention and
-wealth upon his child.
-
-As his son grew to manhood, his father discovered a recklessness and
-extravagance which was sadly at variance with those economic principles
-which he himself had so studiously practiced. Vance stood fairly well
-in his classes, and after graduating at Princeton, went abroad, visiting
-the principal cities of Europe, and spending money in such a lavish way
-that at the expiration of a [17] year his father summoned him home and
-remonstrated with him severely on his manner of living and his expensive
-habits.
-
-Piqued at the rebuke, he quarreled with his father, and started out to
-make his way in the world alone. The estrangement was of short duration,
-however, and soon after the reconciliation he secured a position on the
-__Banner_ _, and assiduously devoted himself to the study of journalism.
-He gave up his follies and fast living, and found more enjoyment in his
-work on the Banner than he had ever found in swell dinners and midnight
-carousals at his club.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.—THE OLD MINER.
-
-9026
-
-ROOM [18] in which we have introduced Vance Gilder to the reader, in
-the home overlooking Central Park, had been his from childhood, and
-furnished by his father in its present luxurious style, as a reward for
-his devotion to the profession of journalism.
-
-His father had invested his income in real estate, and in the lapse of
-years found himself possessed of a fortune many times greater than he
-had ever anticipated. He traveled a great deal over the west, and at
-Gold Bluff, Idaho, he found in Ben Bonifield, the owner of Gray Rocks, a
-playmate of his youth.
-
-Ben Bonifield had staked out a claim which he called “Gray Rocks,”
-and had worked away for several years with pick and shovel, believing
-that some day he would “strike it rich”—and from the output
-of other mining properties in that vicinity, it seemed as if his
-expectations might be realized some day.
-
-He deeded a half interest in his mine to the elder Gilder, in
-consideration of certain moneys advanced him to develop the property.
-This one investment was the only one that Mr. Gilder ever made outside
-of New York [19] City, and it is quite probable that in making this one
-it was not so much an investment as a desire to assist his boyhood’s
-friend. The deed which Ben Bonifield gave had been duly recorded, but in
-his travels on the Pacific coast he had in some way mislaid it, and on
-his return to New York City he had died without ever having mentioned
-the matter to his son. When his father died, Vance was bowed down with
-grief, while the old Scotch house-keeper and her husband could not have
-mourned more sincerely had the elder Gilder been related by the nearest
-ties of blood.
-
-Vance found his father had not only left a fortune, but also a will. The
-date of this instrument showed that it was executed during the months
-of their estrangement, and had never been changed. The important part of
-the will, for this narrative, was a clause limiting Vance to an annuity
-of $5,000, provided he remained at the old homestead and gave employment
-and a home to the Scotch house-keeper and her husband; but the title to
-the vast property which he owned was not to pass into his custody until
-he was forty years of age.
-
-To the credit of the son, it can be said that he entertained no enmity
-towards his father because of this provision, but regarded it as simple
-justice. In the meantime, he devoted himself with more energy than ever
-to his profession, was economical in his habits, and had the consolation
-of knowing that he was being advanced from time to time on the Banner,
-until he was now regarded as one of the most trusted men on that great
-journal.
-
-To be a member of the Banner staff of newsgatherers was a position to
-be envied by those similarly employed on less imposing journals. His
-associates—the city [20] editor, the religious editor, the
-dramatic critic, the police reporter, and the heads of several other
-departments—were in the habit of discussing the topics of the times
-from a strictly democratic standpoint, with the regularity with which
-day follows night.
-
-The “old man,” or managing editor, could not take a deeper
-interest in the columns of the Banner than did his faithful coterie
-of assistants. The managing editor prided himself on his ability to
-recognize and command intellectual forces.
-
-With the breaking of the dawn anew paper, filled with news deftly
-gathered from the four corners of the earth, was ushered into life,
-teeming with the world’s history of a day, to be discussed by the
-banker, the politician, and the professional and non-professional
-classes over the breakfast-table. Each issue was a daily history
-possessing a soul and character distinctly its own, which collectively
-made up the policy of one of the greatest journals of New York City.
-Before high noon of each day a newspaper has generally served its
-purpose—dies; is a thing of the past, and the record of events found
-in its columns becomes ancient history.
-
-The following morning at ten o’clock, agreeable to his promise,
-Vance Gilder was at the Murray Hill Hotel, and sent up his card to Ben
-Bonifield. Instead of receiving in his room, the old gentleman joined
-Vance in the lobby. He was a typical character—once seen, never
-forgotten. An old Virginian by birth and education, he still retained
-the courtly polish of one of the southern aristocracy, which many years
-of mining life had not been able to wholly destroy. In stature he was
-fully six feet, and rather portly; his oval face was smooth-shaven, save
-an [21] iron-gray moustache. He wore his hair rather long, and the rim
-of his black felt hat was broad as a sombrero. His Prince Albert coat
-of broad-cloth was of old-time date, and suggested a revival of ancient
-gentility.
-
-“Glad to see yo’, suh; am delighted to meet a son of my old friend,
-Colonel Gilder.”
-
-0029
-
-He clasped Vance’s hand warmly, and his face was full of sympathy as
-he referred to the recent information he had received concerning Mr.
-Gilder’s death. They [22] soon found seats in a retired corner of the
-lobby, and after assuring Vance that he had entirely recovered from his
-recent illness, the old gentleman plunged into business.
-
-“Yo’ know, of cou’se, that yo’r father owned a one-half interest
-in Gray Rocks?”
-
-“No, I was not aware of the fact until your daughter named it to me
-yesterday,” replied Vance.
-
-“Yo’ su’prise me, suh, yo’ really do,” said the old miner,
-“but it is true, nevertheless, and the deed is on record; and what is
-mo’, suh, Gray Rocks is destined to be the richest gold mine in
-Idaho. Yo’ see, I have been workin’ away on Gray Rocks for seven
-years—kep’ right at it, winter an’ summer, and while I have not
-‘struck it’ yet, I am positive, suh, that if I had a little mo’
-money to push the work, my most sanguine expectations would be mo’
-than re’lized. We are now on the 200 foot level, but it seems, suh, it
-is not deep enough. A most wonderful showin’, in my opinion, suh, will
-be made when the 300 foot level is reached, and we have cross-cut into
-the vein.”
-
-“I am not very well versed in regard to mining, in fact know next to
-nothing about it, but of course, as I am a half owner in a gold mine, I
-am naturally interested in having it developed.”
-
-“Well, suh,” said the old gentleman, “yo’ see I am. I know all
-about mines. Yes, suh, I assure yo, on my honor, that I can tell ‘pay
-dirt’ as far as I can see it, suh, if I am sixty-five years old, Yo’
-see, suh,” continued the old miner, “let us suppose this table is
-the top of the mountain. Now, where I place this ink-stand, is Gray
-Rocks; just beyond, here where I lay this pen-stalk, is the Peacock
-mine. It joins us directly on the nawth. The [23] Excelsior is at this
-point, where I lay my eye-glasses, directly south of Gray Rocks. Both
-of them, suh, are payin’ immense dividends, and befo’ a year, with
-proper management, Gray Rocks will be doin’ the same. When he learned,
-suh, that I only had a half interest, he refused to talk with me any
-mo’ about it. He said he wanted all or none. Confidentially, Mr.
-Gilder, I consider old Grim the most ill-mannered man in the Fish River
-minin’ district, and us miners, suh, usually form a pretty correct
-idea of mankind in gene’l. I have been minin’ it now fo’ over
-thirty years, and while I have never ‘struck it’ yet, I assure yo’
-on my word, suh, that I have mo’ confidence in Gray Rocks to-day than
-ever befo’.”
-
-“Of course, Col. Bonifield,” said Vance, “I know nothing about
-your technical expressions of ‘sinking-shafts,’ ‘cross-cutting,’
-and all that sort of thing, but I remember now of my father speaking of
-you on several occasions, and I doubt not, if he were living, he would
-gladly assist you in any way in his power. Personally, my means are
-limited, but if your wants are not too great, I will gladly give you my
-assistance.”
-
-“Give me yo’re hand, suh! Why, Mr. Gilder, yo’re a gentleman that
-I’m proud to meet, suh.
-
-“What we must do, suh, is to sink the shaft on Gray Rocks to a 300
-foot level, and we will cross-cut into a vein of wealth, suh, that
-will make yo’ rich as a Vanterbilt. Yes, suh; take my word fo’ it.
-Now,” he continued, “there is old Grim; he owns a majority of the
-stock in the Peacock, and he wanted to buy out Gray Rocks, but [24] of
-the old school, belonging to one of the oldest and proudest families of
-Virginia—yes, suh. Now, you have a half interest in Gray Rocks, and
-if yo’ can furnish the money, Mr. Gilder, to sink the shaft to the 300
-foot level, I will go back to Gold Bluff and immediately commence the
-work—and mind, Mr. Gilder, I give yo’ my word that yo’ will
-never lose a dollar; no, suh, Gray Rocks is a sure winner. The claim is
-patented and our title is perfect; but we must do mo’, suh; we must
-sink our shaft, and it costs money to sink shafts, and a pow’ful sight
-of hard work into the bargain, suh. I came to New York especially to see
-yo’re father and have him help me by advancin’ a little mo’ money.
-He paid me $1,000, suh, fo’ a half interest in Gray Rocks. I told him,
-and I tell yo’ now, it will bring yo’ a million. Yes, suh, I pledge
-yo’ my word it will.”
-
-The old gentleman’s words, his enthusiasm, his southern courtliness,
-and his unmistakable belief in Gray Rocks, carried Vance quite away, in
-anticipation of his half-ownership in a gold mine. He mentally computed
-the amount of money he had in the bank, and felt that he would willingly
-check out his last half-dollar to sink the shaft on Gray Rocks to a 300
-foot level.
-
-He had to his credit in the Chemical National Bank some fifteen thousand
-dollars, and finally ventured to ask about how much it would take to do
-the work.
-
-“Why, yo’ see, suh,” replied the old miner, “the mo’ a fellow
-has, the quicker he can sink a shaft. Now, I could get along at present
-with, say $1,500, but $2,000 would be betteh, and $2,500 would be a
-great plenty.”
-
-“Very well,” replied Vance, “I’ll advance you $2,500, and can
-bring it to you within a couple of hours.”
-
-[25] The old gentleman was highly delighted with Vance’s ready
-acquiescence in the matter, and shook his hand warmly, assuring him that
-he was a very true Virginian. Taking his leave, he quitted the hotel,
-and in less than two hours paid to Col. Bonifield $2,500.
-
-The old gentleman was very urgent for Vance to remain and lunch with
-him.
-
-“My Louise, suh,” he said, “will be delighted to see yo’.
-
-8033
-
-Now, suh, there’s one girl in a thousand. I call her a diamond in the
-rough, suh. She stays by the old man, and has just as much faith in the
-ultimate outcome of Gray Rocks as I have, I sometimes think, suh, that
-I ought not to keep her away so far from civil’zation, so to speak,
-among the mountains; but she says, ‘We will wait until we strike
-it.’ I assure yo’, suh, she is a wonderful comfort to me.”
-
-Vance endeavored to persuade the old gentleman to bring his daughter and
-stop at his house for a few days, but the old miner explained that his
-stay could not be prolonged; that he was impatient to begin work on
-the mine, sinking the shaft to the 300 foot level, and then commence
-cross-cutting. He insisted that he must start for Gold Bluff by the
-evening train.
-
-Ascending to the ladies’ parlor, Vance waited until the old miner
-brought his daughter to bid him good-bye. As she came into the room on
-the arm of her stately father, Vance had hard work to convince himself
-that such a queenly girl as stood before him could have grown to such
-loveliness among the mountains of the northwest.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.—THE BANNER FORCE.
-
-9034
-
-GREAT [26] metropolitan journal like the Banner, has a tendency to
-swallow up individual characteristics in its own self-importance. A man
-may be ever so clever with his pen, and contribute the most readable
-articles day after day and year after year, and yet not one reader in
-ten thousand has any idea whose composition he is perusing.
-
-Vance Gilder was only one of the force, and yet he was a favorite with
-his associates. He sometimes dreamed of promotion, and the time when
-he would be a correspondent of note, or possibly at the head of some
-important department on that great paper. Visions of special work which
-would call him not only to different parts of his own country, but to
-foreign parts as well, charmed him into contentment and renewed energy.
-
-Only once during his connection with the Banner had he made anything
-like a “hit.” He had on one solitary occasion succeeded in
-“scooping” the other New York journals in a most masterly manner.
-Indeed, to Vance belonged the credit of having completely humiliated the
-other dailies with an article under flaming headlines and double-leaded.
-As a compensation, he was sent for by [27] the chief, and received that
-august person’s special thanks. This was a mark of distinction, for it
-was seldom that he paid compliments. On the other hand, if the work was
-not up to the standard, the staff generally heard from him in a
-volley of profanity that caused them to doubt the permanency of their
-positions.
-
-On the night after Ben Bonfield started for Gold Bluff, Vance found
-himself thinking a great deal about Gray Rocks. To a young man of
-twenty-five, fifteen years seems a long time to wait for the possession
-of one’s property. There is a certain fascination about the idea of
-owning a gold mine, and this charm had taken possession of Vance to a
-degree far beyond that which he was willing to admit, and between the
-lines of copy, he speculated on the future and built many castles in the
-air.
-
-The half interest which his father owned in Gray Rocks had not been
-named in the will, and as Vance was his only heir, it naturally occurred
-to him that in case the old miner should “strike it rich,” he
-would find himself with a handsome competency long before his fortieth
-birthday.
-
-For the first time during the years of his connection with the Banner,
-a feeling of dissatisfaction stole over him, and he was glad Colonel
-Bonfield had been so prompt in returning to Gold Bluff, for he felt
-the work of sinking the shaft on Gray Rocks should be commenced at the
-earliest possible moment. There was also a feeling of regret deep down
-in his heart that he had not had an opportunity to know more of the fair
-Louise, the remembrance of whose laughing blue eyes and perfect freedom
-from affectation hovered near him with a distinctness that he had never
-before experienced with any of his young lady friends. [28] He was in
-this state of mind when the police reporter came in and declared that he
-was disgusted with the scarcity of crime.
-
-“I say, Vance,” saidhe, “it’s getting to be a pretty pass when
-a fellow has to rummage all over the city for a few crumbs of accidental
-deaths, street brawls and shooting affairs.”
-
-9036
-
-Before Vance had time to reply, the religious editor commenced swearing
-about the uninteresting sermons he was compelled to write of late.
-
-The dramatic critic observed that lie presumed writing sermons was a
-rather stupid business, but if the reading public could endure them, the
-religious editor ought to be able to, at $60 a week.
-
-The religious editor said, “by Gad! old boy, you’re about right,”
-and begged a cigarette of the dramatic critic, declaring that he did
-not know with whom he would rather smoke than a representative of the
-footlights. He then slapped Vance on the shoulder in a jocular way, and
-asked him what made him so quiet.
-
-“Scoops are scarce,” replied Vance, without lifting his eyes from
-the copy he was revising.
-
-“Scarce!” chimed in the city editor, “I should say so. We have not
-had such a thing as a ‘scoop’ about the office for six months.”
-
-“Journalism,” observed the dramatic critic, “is, without question,
-the king of professions. Here we see life in its every phase.”
-
-“I am [29] beginning to think,” said Vance, “that journalism is a
-drudgery without hope or reward.”
-
-“You astonish me,” replied the religious editor. “Why, Vance,”
-he continued, knocking the ashes from his cigarette, “a fellow with as
-bright a future in the profession as you have, making such a remark
-as that, causes me to think you are growing cynical. Think of the
-opportunities which journalism affords.”
-
-“What opportunities,” replied Vance, “have I, or you, or any other
-members of the staff, excepting those we have no right to take advantage
-of? I freely admit that there is a fascination about the profession of
-journalism; an influence, if you please, that holds us in the rut, much
-the same as the current of a mighty river—always drawing everything
-into the center where the current is swiftest—but the individuality of
-the most talented among us is completely lost in the great octopus that
-we are daily and nightly striving with our best efforts of brawn and
-brain to keep supplied with news.”
-
-“Bravo!” shouted the police reporter. “There is not an ordinary
-prize-fighter in the land but has more individual reputation than any of
-us. Vance is about right in his position.”
-
-At this juncture of their conversation, a note was handed to Vance.
-It was a polite request to report at the chief’s private room at ten
-o’clock the next morning. After hastily glancing over it, Vance read
-it aloud.
-
-“I say, Vance, [30] old boy, that’s a little rough; and still,”
-continued the religious editor, between vigorous puffs of his cigarette,
-“it may be a step up.”
-
-It was an open question with members of the force whether a formal
-summons into the presence of the chief, without any intimation of the
-nature of the interview, was a good omen or otherwise.
-
-“Possibly,” responded Vance, “but I rather surmise it is a step
-out.”
-
-0038
-
-“The evil is sufficient unto the day thereof,” observed the dramatic
-critic. “It is twelve o’clock, boys; let us adjourn to the ‘realm
-of pie,’ and there we will discuss the unlooked-for summons.”
-
-A half dozen as jolly young fellows as could be found anywhere, were
-soon seated in a private room at Thompson’s cafe, partaking of the
-reporter’s stereotyped lunch. [31] As a result of their deliberations,
-there were many hopeful expressions made for the benefit of Vance. There
-was an under-current, however, of unmistakable belief, which Vance was
-not slow to perceive and share, that his interview with the chief would
-not result satisfactorily.
-
-The dramatic critic soon drifted to the leeward of the question, and
-with almost forced vivaciousness recounted the latest hit of a jolly
-little soubrette dancer at Madison Square Gardens. His description was
-not only interesting, but a welcome diversion from the somber subject
-that might mean a separation of Vance from the staff. The religious
-editor took up the cue where the dramatic critic let go, and commenced
-swearing in newspaper parlance about the unsatisfactory work he was
-doing in his department.
-
-8039
-
-The police reporter came in for a description of a “knock-out” he
-had witnessed in the Bowery, and for the edification of his associates,
-explained the difference between a “shoulder-strike” and an
-“undercut.”
-
-On returning to their respective posts of duty, there was but little
-said, but it was noticeable that Vance was bid good night with more
-consideration than usual.
-
-As Vance hurried along toward the elevated road, his thoughts were again
-filled with that demure little Louise, a product of the great mountains
-of the west. With her had come a hope—perhaps only a visionary
-one—stimulated by the enthusiasm of the old miner. He did not pause to
-analyze [32] the sustaining hope which he experienced; he only knew that
-it took off the keen edge of anxiety which otherwise he would have felt
-concerning his coming interview with the chief.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV—A SUPPER PARTY.
-
-9041
-
-T TEN [33] O’.LOCK the following morning, Vance sent in his card
-to the chief, and was immediately admitted to his presence. “Good
-morning, Mr. Gilder.”
-
-“Good morning, sir,” was Vance’s prompt reply.
-
-“I sent for you,” said the chief, as he industriously looked over a
-bundle of papers on his desk, “To discuss a matter I have had in mind
-for some time.”
-
-“Yes, sir,” was Vance’s laconic reply.
-
-The chief having found the paper he evidently had been searching for,
-motioned Vance to be seated, and turning to him, asked:
-
-“Have you ever traveled much in the west?”
-
-“Have never been west of Buffalo.”
-
-“Your work,” observed the chief, “has been very satisfactory—I
-may say, especially so—and it is the policy of the Banner not only to
-reward those who have talent, but also to keep pace with the times, and
-give its readers reliable information upon all questions of moment and
-importance. The great Northwest has been opening up for the last half
-century. There have been booms and counter-booms out in that country,
-spasmodically, for [34] many years, and a great many fortunes have been
-lost by ill advised investors, but I am not personally familiar with
-anyone who has bettered his condition in western speculations. Just
-at the present time the northwest is attracting, as you are doubtless
-aware, considerable attention, and the effort to popularize it by the
-western press, seems unabating. Our eastern people, even some of the
-oldest families of New York, are becoming poisoned with the virus of
-western investments. My private opinion is that instead of receiving
-dividends on these holdings, they will lose principal and all.
-
-“We want,” said he, “a level-headed correspondent in that western
-country. Mark, I say level-headed, for the reason that not infrequently
-an eastern man, especially if he is unacquainted with the wonderland of
-the west, loses his head, figuratively speaking, and becomes won over
-by the fairy tales of prospective wealth, as told by the average real
-estate boomer.
-
-“You, Mr. Gilder,” said the chief, eying Vance with great
-directness, “have been selected for this important position of trust.
-I might,” he continued, as if it were an afterthought, “modify my
-remarks by saying there are some places in the west worthy of credence,
-possessing real merit; but in nine cases out of ten, the new towns that
-are ringing up throughout the north western portion of the United
-States are, in my judgment, intangible as moonshine. In short, there
-is entirely too much capital flowing from the east into those wildcat
-western speculations, and we desire to give a series of letters
-descriptive of that country to the readers of the Banner, containing the
-facts stripped of all allurement, and dissuade them from such unstable
-investments as are daily being made.
-
-[35] “I deem,” continued the chief, “these few suggestions necessary
-for your good in governing the character of your correspondence from
-that western country to the columns of the Banner. I shall expect you to
-be ready tomorrow evening, and start on the six o’clock train. As you
-will probably be away for some time, it would be well for you to arrange
-your private affairs accordingly.
-
-8043
-
-Call tomorrow at eleven o’clock, and I will have ready the necessary
-credentials, transports and instructions.”
-
-Vance bowed his acquiescence and turned to go, when the chief said,
-“By the way, instead of $40 a week, your present salary, you will
-receive $60 and expenses, which doubtless will be satisfactory.”
-
-Vance attempted to express his appreciation of the confidence that had
-been reposed in him, of so important an undertaking; but the chief waved
-him to silence and muttered something about “time being money,” and
-at once turned to other affairs that were awaiting his attention.
-
-That afternoon Vance was not found among the staff, and a new man
-occupied his chair. He called on Thomas Patten, Esq., the attorney
-who had represented the Gilder family for many years, and named in his
-father’s will as trustee, and explained to him his promotion, telling
-him he would start for the west the next evening.
-
-His old associates at the Banner were asking questions of one another as
-to what had transpired between Vance and the chief, but no one seemed
-to know anything about it, except that a new man was on duty and Vance
-absent.
-
-[36] At half past eleven o’clock that night the dramatic critic
-hurried in from the street and passed word around among the coterie that
-a surprise was waiting for them over at Thompson’s cafe. Thompson’s
-is, and has been for many years, a favorite resort for newspaper men.
-Vance Gilder was well known to the manager as a member of the Banner
-staff, and when that afternoon he requested that a lunch something
-better than the ordinary be prepared, he was assured that everything
-would be in readiness.
-
-The dramatic critic ushered his associates into a private room precisely
-at twelve o’clock. Vance was in waiting, and a warm greeting was
-exchanged. The religious editor declared that he believed a conspiracy
-of gigantic proportions had been laid to entrap the meek and lowly, but,
-nevertheless, he took his place with alacrity at the table to enjoy the
-modest but excellent feast prepared for the occasion.
-
-A few bottles of rare old wine added interest to the surprise which
-Vance had so cleverly arranged. After the glasses had been tilled and
-drained, the political editor moved that an explanation was in order.
-
-“My friends,” said Vance, “the most important disclosure I have to
-make is that my salary has been raised to $60 a week.”
-
-The religious editor said, “By Gad,” and fell from his chair,
-declaring that his nerves were so unstrung that it would require another
-glass of wine to restore them. After Vance had carefully narrated his
-interview with the chief, he received the hearty congratulations of his
-associates. Each vied with the others in wishing him unbounded success
-as a western correspondent for the Banner. [37] “I understand,” said
-the political editor, after clearing his throat with a glass of wine,
-“that the west is teeming with opportunities in a political way; and
-I would not be surprised,” he added, “if the Honorable Vance Gilder
-would be the next thing we hear of, as mayor of some municipality in
-the Rocky Mountain region, or possibly as a member of Congress from the
-Third District.”
-
-0045
-
-“Or still better,” observed the religious editor, “president of
-one of those bonanza gold mines that advertise [38] themselves as being
-the greatest dividend paying properties in the world.”
-
-“What’s the matter,” said the police reporter, “of being
-moderate in your expectations? Suppose Vance secures the position of
-judge of the police court in one of those western towns, where from a
-dozen to twenty drunks and brawls occur every twenty-four hours—ye
-gods! what a country for rich morsels of crime!”
-
-It was conceded by all that Vance would have abundant opportunity
-for making investments here and there in the growing west that would
-materially increase his financial prospects.
-
-8046
-
-“Sixty dollars,” said the dramatic critic, as he finished his third
-glass of wine, “is quite a step up, but evidently a mere bagatelle to
-the ‘pick-ups’ on the side, in a new country that is just developing
-like the west is at the present time.”
-
-That Vance was one of the luckiest fellows living was the verdict of all
-his associates. After the lunch had been disposed of and a good-night
-glass of wine drunk to Vance’s success, he bade his companions
-good-night, and was soon being driven rapidly up Eighth Avenue to
-Central Park, west.
-
-On reaching his room he began to feel more than ever that he had
-awakened to find himself famous, and that a great honor had been thrust
-upon him.
-
-His gratitude to his chief was unbounded, but like the young and
-ambitious everywhere, his own personal advancement in a financial sense
-was a consideration not to be overlooked. [39] While he knew personally
-very little about the Western country, the many allusions of his
-companions to the rare opportunities which awaited him in the new world
-he was about to visit filled him with a vague, indescribable sense of
-importance.
-
-As he retired for the night, he assured himself that Gold Bluff, Idaho,
-would be one of his objective points, and hoped he would be there when
-the shaft reached the 300 foot level. He was beginning to share the old
-miner’s enthusiasm and confidence in Gray Rocks.
-
-He drifted away into a restful sleep, while visions of a lovely girl in
-early womanhood, with beautiful blue eyes, “gentle grace and sovereign
-sweetness,” rose in a mist before him, and he dreamed he was at Gold
-Bluff.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.—AN ODD CHARACTER.
-
-9048
-
-TRIP [40] from New York to the inter-mountain country of the west, with
-the present railroad facilities of palatial Pullmans and dining cars,
-is now an every-day affair. The traveler is surrounded by every comfort.
-Vance Gilder was more than ever in love with the change, as the cars
-rumbled on through dell and forest, across broad stretches of beautiful
-valley country, and ever and anon rushing over an iron bridge that
-spanned some beautiful stream of water, some of them calm and peaceful,
-and others rushing madly along, breaking into white spray over rocky
-ripples, and then hurrying on again as if they were running a race with
-time.
-
-As he approached the Rocky Mountain country, and for the first time in
-his life gazed upon that mighty range of Nature’s towering masonry, he
-was almost intoxicated with the new sights to be seen on the “crown of
-the continent.”
-
-Notwithstanding his enjoyment of the new and varied scenery, he was glad
-enough to abandon the cars at Butte City, after four days and nights of
-continuous riding.
-
-Butte City is said to be, not only the greatest mining [41] camp in
-Montana, but the greatest in the world. They boast of the many millions
-that are brought to the light of day by the magic wand of the miner’s
-pick. Vance found lodging at the Mercury Hotel, and early the next
-morning, after breakfasting heartily, started for a walk.
-
-0049
-
-The town is built on a side-hill, gently rising from the depot grounds
-westward to a very considerable elevation. He paused now and then to
-inspect the architecture of some of the buildings, and then looked away
-toward the smelter districts, at the black clouds of smoke which the
-[42] chimneys were belching forth, and falling over the city like a veil
-of mourning.
-
-Presently he was accosted by an individual of grizzly beard and
-good-matured countenance, who said: “Hello, pard; how d’ye do?
-Sizin’ up these diggins’ be ye?”
-
-As Vance eyed his questioner rather critically and acknowledged the
-salutation, the fellow reached him a card which bore the name “Hank
-Casey.” While Vance was glancing at the card, his new acquaintance
-said:
-
-“I reckon you be from down east? I come from thar a long time ago.
-You’ll notice from my card that I’m in the real estate business;
-also have some fine minin’ propositions.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance, “I am from the east, but do not know as I
-care to make any investments.”
-
-“Well, now, look’ee? here, stranger. I ‘spect I might give you a
-pinter or two that may not come amiss. This ‘ere town is chuck up full
-of dead beats and black legs, who make it their business to run
-every new feller in that comes from down east. Now Hank Casey do a
-straight-for’ard, legitimate business—that’s me,” said he, as he
-tucked his thumbs into the armholes of his vest and straightened himself
-to his fullest height.
-
-Vance was amused by this odd character, and determined to learn from
-him what he could concerning Butte City and the claims made for it.
-He therefore asked, “What population have you and what are your
-resources?”
-
-“Over fifty thousand people, above an’ below. You see, thar’s
-several thousand of us in this town below ground, workin’ away with
-shovel an’ pick. I reckon as how you’ll see a fair sample of our
-miners if you’re on the [43] streets tonight. As for resources—why,
-pardner, thar’s no end to ‘em. We took out mighty near forty million
-dollars from our mines last year, an’ thar’s ore enough in sight
-to keep on minin’ at the same rate for a hundred years to come. What
-d’ye think o’ that?”
-
-Vance replied that it certainly was a most extraordinary statement.
-
-8051
-
-“What other towns have you in this state,” asked Vance.
-
-“None to speak of,” was the prompt reply. “Butte City is the
-pertest town in any o’ these western diggings. Thar’s not another
-town in Montana as can tech one side of us, for money, marbles, or
-chalk. To be sure,” he went on, in a condescending tone, “we
-have lots o’ towns in this ‘ere state, sech as they be; lots
-o’ minin’ camps, but they are merely
-blacksmith-shops-on-the-crossroads,’ compared with Butte City. D’ye
-see that Corner lot over thar’. Five years ago I owned the ground
-whar’ that buildin’ stands. I bought it for $300, held it just
-thirteen months, and sold it for $4,000 spot cash.”
-
-“Why that was an immense profit,” said Vance, with more interest
-than he had yet manifested in Hank Casey’s description of Butte
-City. Hank Casey smiled contentedly and expectorated an accumulation
-of tobacco juice with a resounding “pit-tew” on the side walk, and
-said: “You call that a good profit? Why, pardner, I bought stock in
-the Blackbird mine at twelve cents a share when the company was fust
-organized, and now its worth $300 a share and payin’ an immense
-dividend monthly. That’s what I call a good investment; but as fer
-that speck,” [44] said he, jerking his thumb over his shoulder at the
-corner lot, “that don’t amount to nothin’.”
-
-“Do you know where Gold Bluff, Idaho, is?” asked Vance.
-
-“I reckon I ought to know,” replied the boomer; “me an’ Steve
-Gibbons were the fust prospectors in that ‘neck o’ the woods.’
-Steve an’ I claim to own the Peacock, but old Rufus Grim, the biggest
-scoundrel in Idaho yes, the biggest in this whole minin’ country
-claims to own it, and has got possession, and I’ve learned, in this
-western country ‘specially, that possession is not only nine points of
-the law, but mighty near ten. Of course, a gold mine like the Peacock
-is a mighty handy thing to have in the family, but as a general rule,
-they’re mighty unsartin. Give me a silver or copper mine every
-time.”
-
-Vance assured his new-found acquaintance that he was under many
-obligations for the information received, and said he hoped to meet him
-again. Hank Casey, however, was not to be disposed of in this way,
-and walked along with Vance. Presently he called his attention to some
-vacant lots across the street.
-
-“D’ye see them lots over thar? I can sell you one o’ them
-fifty-foot lots at $3,500. an I’ll bet diamonds against peanuts
-it’ll be a rich buy at $10,000 before two years. By the way, stranger,
-what’s the matter with you takin a leetle ‘flyer’ in Butte City
-dirt? Buy a few lots, stop here with us for six months, sell ‘em out
-agin for 100 per cent, profit, an’ that’ll pay all the expenses of
-your western trip. See? said he, touching Vance gently in the ribs with
-his elbow.
-
-“Yes; I see,” said Vance, “I see very clearly, or would, [45] were
-it not for the smoke. It smells like sulphur. Does it come from some of
-your mills or smelters?”
-
-“Now, look’ee here, pard, you’re just like every other
-down-easter. They’re always kickin’ ‘bout this smoke.
-
-9053
-
-Now, let me tell you; if we didn’t have that ‘ar smoke we wouldn’t
-have any Butte City, and besides, it kills the bacteria, molecules,
-an’ all that sort o thing. It’s mighty healthy here, I can tell you,
-an’ a mighty pert town into the bargain.”
-
-Vance coughed immoderately, but Hank Casey who was acclimated, assured
-him that he was at that moment breathing the healthiest air that ever
-his lungs were filled with.
-
-In the course of their walk, the boomer kept up a constant conversation,
-explaining different points of interest, pointing out the different
-mining properties in sight and telling their names, until Vance felt
-that he had been very fortunate in falling in with one so conversant
-with Butte City. At parting, Vance bade his new-found friend good day,
-and promised to call at his office before leaving the city.
-
-When he returned to the hotel, he commenced his first letter to the
-Banner, but it was not finished until late that night. When it appeared
-in the great New York journal it surprised, in point of brilliancy and
-interest, even his warmest friends. His descriptions were so vivid
-and lifelike, and his characters so droll, and withal teeming with
-information, that a score of letters came to the managing editor,
-assuring him of the great pleasure and profit they had experienced in
-its perusal. Of course, Vance knew [46] nothing of this at the time,
-but devoted himself with unceasing diligence in searching out reliable
-information, and then training it into weekly letters.
-
-Butte City began to impress him as a place of more importance than he
-had at first thought. He learned that almost one million of dollars was
-paid out monthly to the miners alone, and they, as a class, are “hail
-fellows well met,” who believe in the doctrine of keeping money in
-constant circulation.
-
-He noticed in many of the mercantile houses that when the day clerks
-went off duty at six o’clock in the evening, another set of clerks
-came on, and the shops and stores, by the aid of brilliant electric
-lights, continued business twenty-four hours out of the day the year
-around.
-
-Vance frequently thought of his conversation with the managing editor,
-and what he had said about western towns and the over-enthusiastic town
-boomer. In Hank Casey he felt he had found a typical character
-that fully came up to all the managing editor had inferred, and had
-frequently used him as an inspiration, but was becoming more and more
-convinced that Butte City was one of those solid, substantial places
-which the managing editor had classed as exceptions to the rule.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI—THE TOWN BOOMER.
-
-9055
-
-BOUT TWO WEEKS [47] after Vance Gilder arrived in Butte City, he noticed
-one morning that everybody was talking about a new town, and each was
-asking the others what they thought about it. Glancing at the hotel
-register, he saw the name, Homer Winthrop, of Waterville, Idaho.
-
-In looking over the Butte City Miner and the Inter-Mountain Blade, both
-healthy dailies and well edited, he was somewhat astonished to find a
-full-page advertisement in each of the papers, setting forth in blazing
-splendor the great Thief River Valley, and signed by Homer Winthrop
-as agent, announcing that he would be at the Mercury Hotel for a short
-time, and inviting those who were interested in investing a little money
-in a purely agricultural city, to come early and “get in on the ground
-floor.”
-
-The advertisement represented Waterville as being in the midst of the
-great Thief River Valley, with the largest water power in the country,
-surrounded by an agricultural district of two million acres of the
-richest land the sun ever shone down upon. He termed the new town of
-[48] Waterville the “City of Destiny,” and said the price of town
-lots would quadruple in a few years’ time.
-
-Vance was at once interested. “Here,” said he to himself, “is a
-genuine town boomer, and as the fellow is stopping at this hotel, it
-will be an easy matter to learn just how this boom business is operated.
-It will make an excellent article for the Banner.”
-
-Accordingly, about eleven o’clock that forenoon he called to see the
-irrepressible town boomer and hear what sort of a marvelous story he had
-to tell about Waterville.
-
-8056
-
-He was quickly admitted into a reception room by a young gentleman who
-assured him that Mr. Winthrop would soon be at leisure, and begged him
-to be seated, calling his attention to the numerous maps on the walls,
-one of which covered nearly the entire side of the room.
-
-Winthrop’s young assistant seemed to know his business, and at once
-commenced the preliminary skirmish of interesting Vance in the great
-Thief River Valley, and especially town lots in Waterville; but as Vance
-did not evince any inclination to purchase, the young fellow endeavored
-to so impress him by calling his attention to the advertisements in the
-morning papers. Every once in a while he would tip-toe over to the
-door where the great town-boomer, Homer Winthrop, was holding a private
-conversation with a would-be purchaser. He would put his ear to the
-keyhole and listen for a moment, and then come tip-toeing back and
-assure Vance Mr. Winthrop would soon be at leisure.
-
-Presently the door opened and a gentleman in miner’s garb came out,
-and Vance was immediately shown in. As he entered the private room of
-Homer Winthrop, he involuntarily paused to study, if but for a moment,
-the face of the man who had arrived in Butte City late the night before,
-and now had everyone in the place agog over the prospects of a new town
-that had just been laid out on paper in the Thief River Valley.
-
-Homer Winthrop, with all the easy grace of a Chesterfield, motioned his
-visitor to a seat, pushing a box of very superior Havanas toward him,
-and invited him to join him in burning a weed. He was a man above the
-average height, inclined to be rather slender, and possessed a rather
-good looking face, beaming with good nature and apparent frankness;
-a pair of intelligent dark eyes that laughed and smiled with as much
-expression as the face, changeable, however, into intenseness and
-earnestness seldom met with; a broad, intellectual forehead; a rather
-square chin, indicating great determination of character. To this add
-a luxuriant head of dark hair, and moustache, otherwise a clean-shaven
-face, and the reader will have a fair idea of his appearance.
-
-He was [49] evidently an adept in reading human nature, and knew his man
-on sight; had seen much of western life—and yet it required no second
-interview to discover in him the polished manners and easy grace of one
-who has seen much of refinement and culture. He could have entered into
-the gaieties of a reception in a Fifth Avenue mansion with as little
-effort as he had [50] stirred up a city of 50,000 people in a few hours
-over the magnificent prospects of a new town that was just budding into
-existence.
-
-0058
-
-Vance accepted the proffered cigar, and they easily engaged in
-conversation. They discussed the great out put of ore from the mines of
-Butte City, and the wonderful development of the western country during
-recent years; the magnificent mining properties that had been opened up;
-and, in fact, nearly everything except Waterville and the great Thief
-River Valley. Homer Winthrop with the skill of a tactician, narrated
-incidents and legends of different miners who had devoted a lifetime
-in searching for the precious metal and finally “struck it rich” in
-some out-of-the-way, unexpected place.
-
-Vance finally inquired in regard to the new town of [51] Waterville, and
-was not a little surprised at the conservative reply he received, wholly
-devoid of any enthusiasm.
-
-“Oh,” said Winthrop, “we have a very excellent agricultural
-country in the valley. We are building our new town of Waterville on the
-rapids of the Thief River. It has, perhaps, the greatest water power
-of any inland city in the United States. Many believe a great citv will
-eventually be built at that point. We also have a great deal of capital
-invested in the construction of irrigating canals, reclaiming the
-valley lands from their present arid condition and converting them into
-productive farms.” He also went on, in a voice full of rhythm that was
-almost musical in its intonation, explaining in a modest way why many
-people believed in the future of the place, touching on the numerous
-natural resources that were apparent to everyone sufficiently interested
-to visit the valley and see for himself.
-
-Vance was deeply interested in Homer Winthrop’s appearance, and later
-found himself charmed with his new acquaintance more than he cared to
-admit, even to himself. On taking his leave, he promised to call again
-the next day. As Vance stepped into the reception room, he found
-it almost filled with miners and tradesmen who were waiting for an
-interview’ with Mr. Winthrop, and he rightly guessed that a profitable
-business was being done.
-
-In thinking over his interview with the town boomer of Waterville,
-Vance was compelled to admit that he was one of the most attractive
-individuals with whom he had ever come in contact. That afternoon
-he finished a letter to the Banner, but it contained no reference to
-Waterville.
-
-The result of his second interview was that he accepted an invitation
-to visit the new town, which was some two [52] hundred miles distant.
-Agreeable to this arrangement, they left Butte City early one morning,
-and that evening reached Waterville.
-
-Vance was not particularly attracted by the general appearance and
-“lay” of the new town site. It appeared crude and unfinished, and
-abounded with sage brush and sand. The waters of the rapids, however,
-in their mad rushing as they went foaming down the narrows like race
-horses, impressed him with a belief that nothing had been overdrawn in
-regard to this great natural power, which had been idling its time away
-for centuries.
-
-9060
-
-Homer stood by his side on the rocky bank, but said nothing.
-
-Presently Vance looked up and said: “What a wonderful power is going
-to waste in these rapids!”
-
-“It will soon be harnessed,” replied Winthrop, “and this vast
-power utilized in many manufacturing enterprises. I do not feel,” he
-continued, “that I am over-estimating facts, Mr. Gilder, when I say
-there is power enough here to turn every spindle in every woolen mill
-and factory in the United States.”
-
-“My only surprise,” replied Vance, “is that these waters have not
-been put to use long before this.”
-
-That night at the hotel Vance felt he was indeed “roughing it.” He
-rose in the morning feeling but little refreshed, and sat down to a very
-unpalatable breakfast, and immediately afterwards started with Homer
-Winthrop on a drive through the valley.
-
-The farmers were busy harvesting their grain, and on [53] inquiry they
-learned the yield of wheat was from forty to seventy bushels to the
-acre, and that oats yielded from sixty to one hundred bushels to the
-acre. Vance was greatly astonished, and became almost enthusiastic over
-the agricultural possibilities of the valley.
-
-“Why,” said he, “Mr. Winthrop, there is no question but this is
-destined to be one of the richest agricultural valleys in the world. In
-my work on the Banner I have had occasion to look up statistics on grain
-products, and if these farmers are telling the truth in regard to the
-yield of their crops, there is no other place like it in the United
-States.”
-
-A moment after, he was chagrined to think he had given way to such
-a burst of enthusiasm. It would have been better for him to remain
-a listener, and allow Winthrop to grow enthusiastic in praise of the
-country. Winthrop, however, took no advantage of Vance’s earnestness.
-
-The day was a perfect one; the sun was shining, and yet there was a
-cool, invigorating breeze sweeping gently down from the snow-capped
-Tetons. Driving rapidly and pleasantly along, they at last found
-themselves near the foot-hills on a slight elevation overlooking
-the valley to the west. Alighting from the carriage, Vance followed
-Winthrop’s lead, and soon they found themselves on a table rock, at a
-sufficient elevation to see for many miles to the north, south and west.
-For a few minutes Vance contemplated the sight in silence, and then
-said: “This is indeed a grand sight.” Turning to Winthrop, he
-continued:
-
-“I have seen many beautiful sights—the Green and White Mountains
-of New England, the Cumberland of [54] Virginia, and the mighty Rocky
-Mountains through Colorado but standing here on the foot hills, with the
-mountains rising behind us to the sky, with their hoary crests even
-on this July day capped with snow, and these mountain streams, foaming
-cataracts, all shimmering in the sunshine, making sweet and restful
-harmony in their ceaseless flow, surpasses anything I have ever seen.
-The valley itself looks like a vast green sward stretching before us
-like a map. The yellow shocks of golden grain in the farming districts
-are suggestive of what may be in years to come. No man can look
-upon such a promising picture and not be convinced of the commercial
-importance which will attend the development of this valley.”
-
-During Vance’s outburst of ecstacy, Homer Winthrop said nothing,
-merely acquiescing, in a modest way, to all Vance expressed.
-
-Returning to Waterville, they partook of a sumptuous repast, which
-Winthrop had ordered especially prepared, Consisting principally of
-mountain trout, caught that morning in the Thief River.
-
-After lunch Vance accepted an invitation to smoke and walk out over the
-town site.
-
-“This,” said Winthrop, “is block fourteen of Eagle’s addition.
-You see it is less than three blocks from the center of the town. It
-is one of the choicest blocks we have. If you want me to give you some
-advice, Mr. Gilder, I will do so, and say, buy a few of these lots. The
-price is only $100 each, and, in my judgment, they will be worth $500
-before five years from to-day.”
-
-Vance looked [55] away into the distance at the farm lands, and the
-music of the sickle was borne lazily to him by a gentle breeze; then he
-turned his gaze toward the river, where the roaring waters were crowding
-down the rapids, proclaiming in thundering tones that Waterville was an
-exception to the rule. After a little he turned to Homer Winthrop and
-said: “I have been advised to keep clear of these new towns. The
-person who gave me this advice told me there were a few honorable
-exceptions to the rule. I must believe, from what I have seen, that
-Waterville is an exception. I will take twenty-five of these lots, and
-you may fix up the deed for them as soon as possible.”
-
-The deed and abstract were delivered to Vance that afternoon, and his
-check for $2,500 was duly deposited in Homer Winthrop’s pocket.
-
-“I may have been foolish,” said Vance, “to act so hastily in this
-matter.”
-
-Winthrop turned to him, and placing a hand on either shoulder, looked
-squarely into his companion’s eyes, and said:
-
-“My belief, Mr. Gilder, is that you have acted wisely, and if you
-will keep these lots five years, you will thank me for suggesting
-the advisability of making the purchase. I have but one request to
-make—that you will wait five years before passing judgment on my
-advice.”
-
-“Your request is cheerfully granted,” replied Vance with great
-earnestness, and the two men clasped hands, and a bond of friendship was
-thereby woven.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.—A VISIT TO WATERVILLE
-
-9064
-
-NEW WESTERN TOWN is [56] usually provided with a public square, and the
-business houses and shops are arranged along the four sides of it in
-sentinel-like position, the corner lots going at a premium, and where
-the most substantial buildings are erected. Waterville, however could
-not boast of a public square, but it had two iron bridges spanning the
-Thief River.
-
-A large stone grist mill had been built on the side of the river
-opposite the town, and on the elevated ground beyond, it was said the
-State Agricultural College was to be built.
-
-It was a favorite pastime with the real estate agents to sit on the
-depot platform, and while waiting for the incoming trains, to whittle
-pine sticks into shavings, telling of the different manufactories, state
-institutions, colleges and asylums, etc., that would be located in the
-near future at Waterville.
-
-That evening after Vance had made his purchase of town lots he strolled
-away by himself across the great iron bridge, and gave himself up to
-meditation. Had he acted wisely? Would Waterville after all prove a
-“boom town” and his investment a losing one? Was Homer Winthrop,
-[57] with his suave manners and great earnestness, which at times seemed
-to carry conviction to the hearts of all who heard him express
-himself, the noble specimen of manhood he appeared to be, or were his
-fascinations merely the arts of the ordinary skilled western boomer?
-Would the managing editor approve his action in purchasing lots in such
-a new and undeveloped place as Waterville?
-
-It is a common experience with mankind, that after a doubtful
-transaction has been consummated, we can deliberate with far more
-intentness of thought than before the trade was made.
-
-A peculiarity of a western town is its plentifulness of real estate
-agents, who seem to travel in swarms, and find an abiding place in the
-town that promises the greatest activity.
-
-9065
-
-After a reaction sets in and hard times overtake them, this peculiar
-class usually pick up their “ink-horns” and fly, as from a
-pestilence.
-
-Another peculiarity is, that if a trade is made with a “tender-foot”
-everyone in the village usually knows of it in a very few hours.
-
-As Vance was returning from his walk he was met on the outskirts of the
-village by a number of this class of hangers-on, who make their living
-by selling town lots on commission. Each one was desirous of saying
-“just a word” to Vance in private.
-
-The story of one was practically the story of all. They advised him
-to stop and think what he was losing by not buying more property in
-Waterville. One particularly long, lank individual, who wore a sombrero
-and high- [58] topped boots, assured him that “the opportunity of a
-lifetime was at that very minute knocking at his door; it might never
-come again.”
-
-“You might go away from Waterville,” said he, “and come back here
-in a few mouths’ time, and you’ll find the town lots I can sell you
-to-day for a mere song, going at ten times the price that you can buy
-them for now. My name is Steve Gibbons, and I presume I am doing the
-biggest real estate business in Waterville. I sell more lots than any
-other half dozen agents in town. You’ve made a great mistake, Mr.
-Gilder,” said he, “in buying of the Town Company. Of course, this is
-confidential, but if you had come to me instead of buying of Winthrop, I
-could have saved you big money.”
-
-“What do you mean by ‘the company’.” asked Vance.
-
-“Why, you see, the Waterville Town Company own mighty near all the
-property in town.
-
-9066
-
-That man Winthrop is a member of the company. Now, while I have not
-as many lots for sale as the Town Company, my prices beat them all
-holler.”
-
-“Do you think,” asked Vance, “that Mr. Winthrop charged me too
-much for my lots?”
-
-“Think!” said Steve Gibbons, “think? why, pardner, all the agents
-in town are laughin’ about it; he took you in.”
-
-Vance bit his lips, and mentally concluded to investigate very
-thoroughly before he quit Waterville.
-
-“You see,” Gibbons [59] went on, “all us fellers are down on the
-Town Company. We don’t like corporations, nohow; they don’t give
-us honorable-intentioned fellers a fair chance. We are the men that’s
-buildin’ up this here town—givin’ it the bone, and the sinew, and
-the standin’, so to speak. Don’t you see?”
-
-“Yes,” said Vance, “I understand,” and begging to be excused,
-he turned and walked away from the “honorable-intentioned” Steve
-Gibbons, and soon after sought the privacy of his own room in the
-Ballard House.
-
-Dick Ballard was a Grand Army man, and kept the only hotel of any
-importance in Waterville. The only thing first-class about it was the
-price for lodging. Immediately after the average traveler settled his
-bill at the Ballard, there was generally a half-distinct impression
-in his mind that he had been stopping at a first-class hotel, but the
-remembrance of three kinds of meat cooked in the same kettle was not
-easily forgotten.
-
-As Vance sat in his room, in anything but a pleasant frame of mind,
-there came a gentle knock on his door. He quickly admitted his visitor,
-and found it was Dick Ballard, the proprietor.
-
-“I reckon,” said he, as soon as he stepped in, “you’ll be one
-of us by and by. Bought property already, and a mighty good buy you’ve
-made of it, too. Oh, you know a good thing when you see it; you bet yer
-life you do.”
-
-“Do you think,” said Vance, “the lots I purchased were reasonable
-at the price?”
-
-“I should say so; yes, sir, mighty cheap. This here town is comin
-out of the kinks in fine shape. We’ll have a drum corps in our State
-militia before another year; you bet we will. I presume you know we have
-the finest drilled company at Waterville, outside the regular army, in
-the state?”
-
-“I have been told,” said Vance, “that I paid too much [60] for the
-property. I am more interested in learning the truth or untruth of the
-statement than I am about your militia company.”
-
-0068
-
-“Who told you that:” asked Ballard, with indignation. As Vance did
-not answer, the hotel proprietor went on to say: “I’ll bet it was
-J. Arthur Boast. Now, look’ee here, Mr. Gilder, you can’t believe
-everything these fellers tell you.”
-
-The truth of this remark pressed itself on Vance so [61] forcibly, and
-his indignation getting the better of him, he turned upon Dick Ballard
-and said bitterly:
-
-“Who in thunderation can I believe?”
-
-“You can believe me, sir, and I’ll produce prima facie evidence of
-everything I say. This town is all right; your investment is a good one,
-and the man who says it is not is surely trying to stick his nose into
-other people’s business—but, say, hold on a minute,” said Ballard,
-as if he had forgotten something, “will you take a drink?” and he
-produced a bottle from his pocket.
-
-“No, thank you,” said Vance.
-
-“Well, if you don’t mind, I will,” said the landlord, as he
-proceeded to treat himself to a liberal portion of the contents of his
-bottle.
-
-“Now,” said he, as he sat down smacking his lips, “everything I
-tell you is prima facie. I know how it is; some of these fellows have
-been trying to make you dissatisfied with your purchase. I am not
-selling town lots. My business is to run this hotel and see that
-everybody has a fair deal.”
-
-“Who is the Town Company?” asked Vance.
-
-“The Town Company, sir, consists of some of the most remarkable men
-in this country. They are strong men, brainy men; they are hustlers; and
-I,” said Ballard, rising to his feet, “I am their friend. This man,
-Homer Winthrop,” he went on, “carries more gray matter about on his
-brain than all the shark real estate agents in Waterville put together.
-He is one of the company, but you’ll see them all before long; and
-when you do, I know you’ll agree with me in saying they are the
-cleanest cut lot of men on the continent. Winthrop is a great man, but
-there are others in the company that are a mighty [62] sight stronger
-than he is. They are all men of honor, and their integrity is prima
-facie.”
-
-“Prima facie” seemed to be a favorite expression of Dick
-Ballard’s. After he had delivered himself in the strongest language at
-his command, he treated himself to another drink and retired.
-
-Vance sat far into the night, looking out at his window into the mellow
-moonlight, listening to the ceaseless roar of the waters and the yelping
-coyotes in the distance, which were answered by half a dozen dogs in
-different parts of the town. At times he regretted his purchase, and
-again he felt it must, in the very nature of things, increase many times
-in value in a few years.
-
-The moon came up the eastern sky, and seemed to hang in space like
-a ball of fire, beckoning him to return to his eastern home before
-disaster overtook him. The three great Tetons of the mountain range
-bearing their name stood out in bold relief, throwing long, menacing
-shadows directly towards him. The shimmering of the soft moonbeams
-glistened on the restless waters of the musical river, whose alluring
-song of promise and power was wafted to him on the night wind.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.—AT THE MINE
-
-9071
-
-HE [63] next morning Vance was rather late in rising. Soon after he had
-taken his seat at the breakfast table, he was joined by an individual
-small in stature but tastily dressed. His eyes were restless, and he
-seemed on the point of making an observation several times before he
-finally did so.
-
-“Very pleasant morning,” said he, looking up at
-
-Vance and then hastily glancing at the sunshine that streamed in at the
-window.
-
-“Yes, delightful,” was Vance’s reply.
-
-Presently the stranger observed: “Sunny days are the rule, cloudy days
-the exception, at Waterville. At least that’s my experience during a
-year’s sojourn among the good people of this village.” There was
-a quaking sound in the fellow’s voice that attracted Vance’s
-attention, because it was different from others more than because there
-was anything charming about it. Vance wondered if this individual was
-not also in the real estate business. It seemed as if every one with
-whom you come in contact was a real estate agent. He was on the point
-of asking him what line of business he [64] was engaged in, when the
-fellow, looking up from his plate, said, “Real estate is my line.
-My office is just across the street; you can see my sign from the
-window.” Looking out at the window, Vance saw a large real estate
-sign, with gold letters on a black back-ground, bearing the name of
-“J. Arthur Boast.”
-
-“You are Mr. Boast, I presume,” said Vance, turning from the window.
-
-“J. Arthur Boast, at your service.”
-
-Half an hour later Vance Gilder was seated in the real estate office of
-J. Arthur Boast, looking over his special bargain list; not with a view
-of buying, but rather to gain information.
-
-9072
-
-Boast talked a great deal, and in his fawning, insinuating manner,
-advised Vance, without saying so in so many words, to keep his eyes open
-when dealing with the Town Company. After Vance had carefully scanned
-his list of town lots, he was better satisfied than ever with his
-purchases.
-
-Taking a bottle from his desk, Boast held it up toward the sunlight, and
-asked Vance if he would have some “red liquor.” Vance declined with
-thanks. Boast walked back and forth with the bottle in his hand, and in
-a quaking voice, meant to be confidential, told Vance that he had got
-to quit drinking; that red liquor was getting an awful hold on him.
-He seemed to be desirous of giving the impression that he was a hard
-drinker. Finally he poured out some of the contents of the bottle into
-a glass, and drank it down at one swallow. Afterwards he seemed quite
-wretched and his eyes were filled [65] with tears. Vance concluded,
-notwithstanding all he had said against himself, that J. Arthur Boast
-was not a drinking man.
-
-“That liquor is all right,” said Boast; “a very superior article,
-but it is a little early in the day for me to commence. It always half
-strangles me in the morning.”
-
-As Vance was seeking information from which he could draw his own
-conclusions, he gave Boast all the opportunities possible to express
-himself in regard to Waterville and its people.
-
-8073
-
-The fellow said nothing positive, yet there was an evil vein of
-insinuation in all that he did say not only in regard to the Waterville
-Town Company and every other real estate agent, but also against
-everybody in the town generally. Vance very much disliked the fellow,
-and afterwards learned that he was universally disliked and shunned by
-everyone in Waterville.
-
-Instead of returning to Butte City with Winthrop that afternoon, Vance
-remained in Waterville, and arranged to take the early stage next
-morning for Gold Bluff, which was located some sixty miles northwest of
-Waterville, in the Fish River Mining District. He arrived in that Idaho
-mining town late the following night, registered at the Bluff House, and
-after a late supper retired to his room for a much needed rest.
-
-The next morning he found, on inquiry, that Ben Bonifield’s mine was
-located about half a mile from town upon the mountain side, and he at
-once started out in [66] that direction, to see how the work on the
-shaft, bound for the 300 foot level, was progressing.
-
-The town of Gold Bluff was cozily nestled in a little valley, with
-abrupt mountains lowering away to the sky on either side of it. The
-mountains were covered with spruce and pine and mountain poplars up to
-the snow line, above which the barren rocks rose majestically towards
-the heavens. A refreshing stream meandered its course through the town,
-on one side of which were stores and shops, and on the other residences.
-Vance noticed that some of them were of modern architecture and neatly
-painted, while others were primitive in the extreme—relics of early
-mining; days. The town was rather quaint and picturesque, and made more
-so by a profusion of shade trees.
-
-“Good morning,” [67] said Vance, as he came up to Ben Bonifield,
-who, in miner’s costume, was working vigorously away at the frame-work
-of the shaft over Gray Rocks. The old man looked up with an astonished
-air, and said:
-
-8074
-
-“Good mawnin’, suh.” Then, recognizing his visitor, he threw down
-his hammer and gave Vance’s hand such a squeeze in his powerful grasp
-that it almost made him cry out with pain.
-
-“Why, suh,” cried the old miner, “I am almost pa’alyzed to see
-yo’. I am indeed, suh. Mr. Gilder, I welcome yo’ suh, to Gold Bluff
-and to Gray Rocks. Here, suh, are our possessions,” waving his hand
-toward the shaft. “Immediately upon my return from the city, Mr.
-Gilder, we commenced work in earnest, suh, and befo’ many weeks, I
-am proud to say, suh, we will reach the 300 foot level and be ready to
-cross-cut into the vein, suh. Yo’ don’t know,” said the old miner,
-again taking Vance’s hand, “how proud I am—yes, proud, suh, proud
-to be honored with a visit from yo’, I very much desire that yo’
-pu’son’lly inspect the mine; and there is no better time than the
-present.”
-
-Vance entered heartily into the tour of inspection, and at the old
-miner’s invitation, went down in the bucket, where the miners were at
-work. The old gentleman kept him there until he had explained everything
-to the minutest detail, and when Vance at last reached the top of the
-shaft he felt he had a far better idea of sinking shafts on mines than
-ever before.
-
-“Come,” said the old miner, “my Louise will be most delighted
-to see yo’, suh; she will indeed.” Then turning, he gave some
-instruction to his foreman, telling him he would not return that
-afternoon, and together the old gentleman and Vance walked down the
-mountain side to the village of Gold bluff.
-
-The old miner’s residence was a modest one, situated well back from
-the street, near some huge boulders—a natural pyramid of rocks, while
-a beautiful little spring of water flowed from near its base. There was
-a very pretty yard in front, filled with growing evergreens and mountain
-ash.
-
-“I planted these trees myself, suh,” said the old miner, “years
-ago. They remind me of my old Virginia home. I was the fust one to set
-out shade trees in Gold Bluff; yes, still, the fust one.”
-
-As Vance entered the yard, he paused a moment to contemplate the beauty
-and home-like appearance of the [68] yard, and Ben Bonifield’s home,
-with its wide porches in front literally covered with honeysuckles, ivy,
-and vining roses.
-
-0076
-
-Vance found Louise dressed as a mountain maid, instead of the
-fashionable young lady who had called on him in his New York home. She
-was not such a woman as poets rave about, and yet, withal, there was a
-grace—a charm—about her, that commanded admiration. Her hair, in
-the sunlight, was like one beautiful sheen of gold, [69] with little
-ringlets here and there; her complexion was pink and white, and when
-under deep excitement a ruddy glow would mantle her cheeks. Her nose,
-while well formed, neither large nor small, was quite ordinary. Her
-mouth was a perfect Cupid’s bow, with lips like two red cherries. As
-Vance conversed with her that afternoon, he forgot the hair, forgot the
-delicately formed, rosy lips, forgot even the glow of pink which came
-and went over her fair cheeks, in looking into her talking eyes—so
-clear, so blue, and yet to trustful; even forgot the long brown lashes
-that fringed them with gentle protection. Her eyes were the crowning
-feature of her expressive face, which may not have been a beautiful
-one in the parlance of fashion, yet it was one that a student of
-human nature would term a face of intelligence; and after all, to the
-cultured, is there aught more beautiful?
-
-As Vance sat with the old miner and his daughter on the porch of their
-cozy dwelling that afternoon, he forgot time. The sun went down behind
-the western mountains, leaving the beauty of an afterglow reflected on
-the waters of the mountain brooklet. The moon that was climbing up over
-the eastern hills threw its rays aslant through the clinging roses that
-grew in profusion about the porch. A feeling of peace, and possibly
-a dangerous contentment, stole into his heart, and he murmured a
-thanksgiving to the fates. The unseen, potent force that binds us
-all, sooner or later, with a silken cord, was thonging him to a future
-destiny.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.—THE STAGE DRIVER.
-
-9078
-
-ROM [70] Gold Bluff Vance sent to the Banner one of his strongest
-descriptive letters. The inspiration of the new west, with its gorges,
-mountains, beautiful valleys and gurgling streams abounding with trout,
-tinged its every sentence.
-
-His vivacious style, which had won for him the place he occupied on
-the Banner, was reinforced with the new and intoxicating sights of
-the picturesque. For two weeks he did little else than tramp through
-valleys, following up mountain streams on fishing jaunts, and felt that
-he was “roughing it” in a most delightful fashion. One night, coming
-in from a long tramp far up in the mountains, he found a large bundle
-of mail awaiting him that had been forwarded from Butte Citv. Among his
-letters was one from the chief, which read as follows:
-
-Banner Office,
-
-New York City, July
-
-Dear Sir:
-
-Your letters to the Banner, in one sense of the word, are all and even
-more than I expected. They are giving excellent satisfaction. As yet
-you have expressed no decided opinion in regard to the desirability of
-Western investments.
-
-My ideas are to educate our readers against unstable investments. Nine
-out of every ten of the mining shafts in Montana, [71] in my judgment,
-have had more money put into them than ever has or ever will be taken
-out. You will also find many Western towns where they are selling lots
-at from one to two hundred dollars each, which, in reality, would be
-expensive property to own at the government price of $1.25 per acre. Of
-course, there are, perhaps, a few honorable exceptions.
-
-To Vance Gilder, Esq.
-
-Respectfully,
-
-J. R. S., Chief.
-
-When one is seeking an excuse for his convictions, especially if they
-are as strong as Vance’s had become in regard to Butte City and
-Waterville, the one little sentence, “Of course, there are, perhaps,
-a few honorable exceptions,” in the chief’s letter saves him a
-great deal of worry. Vance was too light hearted to be cast down by the
-half-criticism of the class of correspondence he was sending in.
-
-He had an engagement that evening with Louise Bonifield and her father;
-indeed, his was a standing invitation at the Bonifields’, and almost
-every afternoon since his arrival at Gold Bluff found him at their
-mountain home.
-
-9079
-
-As he started from the hotel he was accosted by a familiar voice:
-“Hello, pard; how d’ ye do?” and Steve Gibbons thrust out his
-long arm to shake Vance’s hand in western fashion. He still wore his
-sombrero and high-topped boots.
-
-Vance assured Gibbons that he was delighted to see him.
-
-“I knew you would be,” said Gibbons, “You see, I have given up
-the real estate t [72] business clown at Waterville, and am turned stage
-driver. Of course, every man in this ‘ere country is lookin’ for
-promotion. I don’t reckon I’m any smarter than other people, but
-I’ve had my eye on this job for several months; but you can bet your
-life them other real estate agents didn’t know nothin’ about it.
-I tell you, pardner, it’s a mighty elevatin’ position to drive a
-six-horse team through these deep mountain gorges in all kinds of wind
-and weather. Had to give a mighty stout bond, too, for we handle all the
-express matter, and there’s a good deal of gold dust hauled down from
-this ‘ere camp.”
-
-Vance was glad to meet anyone, however slight the acquaintance had been,
-and in the course of their conversation Steve Gibbons confessed to him
-that he was “givin’ it to him just a leetle” in regard to the town
-lots which Vance had purchased of the Town Company.
-
-“You see,” said he, “the facts are, the Town Company of Waterville
-has made that ‘ere town, and are still makin’ it. It’s a mighty
-pert place, and is growin’ perter all the time.”
-
-Vance mentally wondered if all the “honest intentioned” fellows of
-Waterville would talk in the same way about the Town Company if they
-were occupying positions where their interests were no longer adverse to
-the Company’s.
-
-“Then you don’t think I paid too much for my lots?” asked Vance,
-looking up with a quizzical expression.
-
-“No,” said Steve Gibbons, “them lots are all right, pardner, and
-will make you a barrel if you hold on to ‘em. They sold ‘em to you
-cheap enough. That was just a leetle competition talk I was givin’ you
-that night down at Waterville. Business is business, you know, [73] when
-you are sellin’ town lots, and a man has got to talk for hisself.
-I really did want to sell you some lots, that’s a fact, ‘cause I
-wanted to rake in the commission; but it’s all over with now. I have
-throwed up the whole darned business of sellin’ lots since I was
-promoted. Old Dick Ballard,” said he, “is jest as prima facie as
-ever, and says his company is the finest drilled militia in the state.
-By the way,” he continued, “the Town Company has had a meetin’,
-and the people are feelin’ mighty good jess now’.”
-
-“How’s that?” asked Vance.
-
-“Oh,” replied Gibbons, “about once a month the Town Company have a
-meetin’, and pass resolutions, declar’ dividends and get up a new’
-prospectus of different manufacturin’ enterprises that’s goin’
-to be built thar; also, of colleges and state institutions that will
-be located at Waterville this comin’ year, and that always makes the
-people feel high-spirited for the next week or ten days, anyhow. Most
-of the people go on a spree after one o’ them encouragin’
-meetin’s.”
-
-“I presume,” said Vance, “that Homer Winthrop is one of the
-leading spirits of the Company.”
-
-“He is one of the Company,” said Gibbons, as he filled his pipe
-and lit it, “but he lacks a good deal, I can tell you, of bein’ the
-biggest toad in the puddle. There’s old Colonel Alexander, he’s
-the fellow that lays out the plans on a gigantic scale. Then there’s
-General Ira House. I ‘spect he has the biggest reputation of any town
-boomer on the western half of the continent—I allow as what he has.
-And when you’re talkin’ about smart ones, you don’t want to forget
-B. Webster Legal; he’s the corporation attorney, and you can bet your
-last [74] half dollar the company will never run agin’ any shoals as
-long as he stands at the wheel and writes up contracts. Oh, he’s a
-hummer, and no mistake.”
-
-“It’s reported down thar’ that half a dozen different railroad
-companies are tryin’ mighty hard to get him for their attorney, but
-he saws, ‘Not much; I have cast my fortune with my friends and with
-Waterville, and I’ll stick by the enterprise as long as a town lot can
-be sold.’.rdquo;
-
-“The Town Company is mighty cute,” he went on, “they never have
-any law suits, ‘cause their contracts are drawn up with knots tied
-knee deep all over the fellow they’re dealin’ with.”
-
-It is probable that Steve Gibbons would have gone on indefinitely had
-not Vance begged to be excused, pleading a previous engagement. They
-bade each other good night, Gibbons starting for the stables to
-look after his horses, and Vance walked leisurely along toward the
-Bonifield’s home.
-
-That afternoon Louise had accepted his invitation to go on a fishing
-jaunt some day during the week to a place called Silver Point Lake, some
-two miles away.
-
-8082
-
-Her simplicity of manner and frankness, though possessing, withal, a
-demure humor, which was one of her charming characteristics, had greatly
-fascinated him.
-
-They were standing on the cottage porch in the soft summer twilight,
-while a mountain breeze was tossing the ringlets of Louise’s hair
-about, as if coquetting with them. Vance was studying her face while she
-was looking far away toward the western [75] mountains, where the sun
-had left a reddened glow on the sky, which, he said, was a promise of
-fair weather for the fishing excursion the next day. Presently, a creaky
-voice commenced calling:
-
-“Louise! Louise! where is your par?” and before Vance’s fair
-companion could explain, a woman well advanced in years came out on the
-porch, and seemed surprised at seeing Vance, and eyed him critically.
-
-“Aunt Sally,” said Louise, “this is Mr. Gilder, papa’s friend.
-Mr. Gilder, this is my Aunt Sally, father’s sister.”
-
-Aunt Sally acknowledged the introduction with a stately bow. Her apparel
-was of the fashion of a quarter of a century ago.
-
-“Am very glad to see you, suh,” she said, addressing Vance. “I
-understand you are interested with my brother in his mine. I can give
-you, Mr. Gilder, some very excellent advice; I can, indeed, suh, but
-I will defer it until some other time.” Then turning to Louise, she
-said, “Do you know where your par’s gone?”
-
-“I do not,” replied Louise, sweetly, “I think he will be here in a
-few moments.”
-
-“I just allow he’s grub-stakin’ some of them pesky prospectin’
-miners again,” cried Aunt Sally. “Mr. Gilder,” she continued, “I
-have to watch over my brother very closely, I do, indeed, suh. He’s
-been plantin’ money all over these mountains for many years, but
-there’s no crop ever been harvested. I allow I’ll give him a
-piece of my mind when he comes home.” Saying this, she turned and
-disappeared into the house. Louise was evidently confused, and regretted
-her aunt’s words, while Vance was at a loss to understand the import
-of the spinster s remarks.
-
-[76] “I am very sorry, Mr. Gilder,” said Louise—and he noticed she
-was trembling like a frightened bird—“sorry that Aunt Sally should
-so far forget herself as to speak so before a stranger.”
-
-0084
-
-Vance declared there was no reason for being disturbed, but Louise was
-not wholly reassured by his words. “I know papa will be very angry
-with Aunt Sally.”
-
-“There surely is no cause for that,” replied Vance.
-
-[77] “You see,” said Louise, “mamma died when Virginia and I were
-little girls, and Aunt Sally has been a mother to us. Ever since papa
-commenced work on Gray Rocks she has continually opposed him. She says
-he will never find a dollar s worth of gold if he sinks his shaft a
-thousand feet. I sometimes think she has influenced sister Virgie.
-Sister is away from home now, teaching school at Waterville. I do not
-know whether papa is wrong or not, but if he is, then I am also, for I
-believe with all my heart that some time papa will find the wealth he
-has so persistently labored for so many years. And I sincerely hope,”
-she continued, laying her hand on Vance’s arm and looking pleadingly
-up into his face, “that you will not be influenced by anything that
-Aunt Sally may have said, will you?”
-
-Vance was only human; he could not withstand such an appeal, If doubts
-had ever come to him, the trembling girl at his side, by her looks and
-words, had put them to flight. “No,” he replied, “my faith is as
-firm as the rocks in your father’s mine.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.—PROPERTY HAS GONE UP.
-
-9086
-
-MMEDIATELY [78] after breakfast the following morning, Vance was waited
-upon by Col. Bonifield. The old miner bore a troubled expression on his
-face. Vance invited him to his room.
-
-“Mr. Gilder,” said the old miner, as he raised himself to his full
-height, and with the dignity of a general addressed Vance: “I assure
-yo’, suh, I am greatly pained at the uncalled fo’ remarks which my
-sister made in yo’r presence last evening; I am indeed, suh.
-
-“I assure you,” replied Vance, “there is no occasion to refer to
-the matter at all. I assured your daughter, and I now assure you, that
-I have every confidence in the mine, and will continue to have until you
-yourself have sufficient reason to shake your faith. I certainly cannot
-say more, and under the circumstances could not say less.”
-
-“Mr. Gilder,” said the old miner, “yo’, suh, are a very
-honorable gentleman, and I am very proud of my partnership with yo’.
-I am indeed, suh. In regard to my sister—in her younger days, I assure
-yo’, she was one of the most rema’kable women of Virginia; yes, suh,
-a vehy rema’kable woman. She certainly has been a true sister to me,
-suh, and a faithful mother to my daughters, but in [79] some way she
-disbelieves in Gray Rocks, and would yo’ believe it, suh, she has gone
-so far at times as to intimate that I am crazy as a March hare in regard
-to ever ‘strikin’ it rich’ on our minin’ property; yes, suh, she
-certainly has said some vehy bitter things against Gray Rocks, but fo’
-all that, she is a vehy rema’kable woman, even to this day. Yes, suh,
-quite rema’kable.”
-
-“I now have a matter, Mr. Gilder,” he continued, “of vehy great
-importance to discuss with yo.” Vance offered the old miner a cigar,
-which he accepted, and soon they were discussing the “important
-matter,” which of course referred to Gray Rocks.
-
-8087
-
-“We are not far away, Mr. Gilder, from the 300 foot level. Our
-machinery and pumps, suh, have been workin’ rema’kably well. Two
-weeks mo’ and our shaft will be finished; yes, suh, finished. Then we
-will cross-cut, and my opinion is, it will be well fo’ yo’ to
-remain in Gold Bluff and be ready to send in yo’r resignation as
-cor’spondent of that New York paper; yes, suh that is my advice. It
-is only proper, suh, that yo’ should enjoy the riches that await
-yo’.”
-
-“But supposing, Col. Bonifield,” said Vance, “supposing that you
-do not find any pay ore when you crosscut into the vein, as you say; in
-that event, I suppose you agree with me that it would be a pretty good
-idea for me to hold my position on the Banner?”
-
-“Of cou’se, suh,” replied the old miner, “but there is but one
-chance in ten thousand that we won’t strike it. I admit of this one
-chance against us, suh, fo’ the sake of [80] argument alone. Mr. Grim
-is now takin’ out of the Peacock some of the richest ore I ever saw
-in my life, he is indeed, suh—and his mine joins ours, as yo’ know,
-directly on the nawth.”
-
-Vance was silent for a few moments, and then said: “In the event, Col.
-Bonifield, we do not strike it; what then? Will you be discouraged?”
-
-“No, suh; if we fail at the 300 foot level, suh, and yo’ can furnish
-the money, we will start the next mornin’ fo’ the 400 foot level;
-but I assure yo’, suh, I have no idea yo ‘ll have to furnish any
-mo’ money. Gray Rocks is a sure winner; it is indeed, suh. The oldest
-miners in the camp say that if we stick to Gray Rocks it will be worth
-mo’ in five years than Rufus Grim’s Peacock mine. When I was yo’r
-age, Mr. Gilder,” he continued, blowing a cloud of smoke away out of
-the window toward Gray Rocks, “I could not have stuck to that property
-year after year as I have been doin’. Why suh, it took a quarter of a
-century’s experience fo’ me to learn that a rollin’ stone gathers
-no moss’. it did indeed, suh. Now I have observed the fellows that
-strike it, in nine cases out of ten, are the ones who follow up and hold
-on after they once strike a trail. Why, suh, if yo’ had seen the float
-rock that I found befo’ stakin’ out Gray Rocks, yo’ would know why
-I believe there is an entire hill full of wealth over yonder.”
-
-While they were talking there came a gentle rap on the door. Vance
-called out for them to “come in. The door opened, and a boy sidled
-into the room with a letter in his hand and asked for Col. Bonifield.
-
-“At yo’r service, suh,” said the old miner’ rising with much
-dignity. “Thank yo’, suh,” said he, taking the [81] letter. The
-boy took himself off, closing the door behind him, while the colonel,
-adjusting his glasses, read aloud the address, “Miss Louise
-Bonifield.”
-
-Dropping his glasses from his eyes, he placed the letter in his pocket
-and said: “Mr. Boast has evidently returned to Gold Bluff.”
-
-“Mr. Boast, did you say?” asked Vance.
-
-“Yes, suh, Mr. Boast—a young man in whom I have only the slightest
-confidence. His full name is J. Arthur Boast. His father, Colonel Boast,
-lives on a ranch about three miles from here.”
-
-Vance could never explain why, but the unfavorable opinion he had formed
-of J. Arthur Boast while at Waterville was in the twinkling of an eye
-changed to hatred. Soon after, Colonel Bonifield took his departure, and
-Vance commenced preparing for his next day’s fishing-jaunt. His door
-had been left ajar, and presently he heard a squeaky, ill-omened voice
-that he well remembered.
-
-“How do you do, Mr. Gilder?”
-
-Vance turned and saw J. Arthur Boast standing at his door. “How do you
-do,” said Vance, rather abruptly.
-
-“I did not expect to find you at Gold Bluff,” said Boast in an
-insinuating tone of voice.
-
-“Why not?” said Vance; without deigning to look up.
-
-“Oh, you eastern fellows, and newspaper men in particular, never stay
-very long in one place. So you’ve met my old mining friend, Colonel
-Bonifield?”
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance.
-
-“I presume you’ve met his daughter, Miss Louise?” As he made this
-remark he looked out of the corners of his restless eyes in a manner
-that was intended to be cunning. [82] Vance was full of resentment, and
-dared not trust himself to make and immediate reply. Presently Boast
-continued: “They are old friends, of mine; a most respectable family.
-I used to live in Gold Bluff; may live here again. One can’t say what
-may happen, you know.”
-
-0090
-
-“I thought,” said Vance, “you were in love with Waterville.”
-
-“One’s in love where one’s possessions are, don’t you see?”
-
-Vance did not reply to the question, but busied himself with his fishing
-tackle. Presently Boast took a bottle from his pocket, and said:
-
-“Will you have a drink of red liquor Vance replied in the negative.
-
-“Well, I suppose,” said Boast, “I ought not to drink so much. The
-truth is, I am a pretty devilish hard citizen. I am drinking entirely
-too much of the stuff, but no one takes interest enough in me to tell me
-so; yet I know I’m going to the bad. The habit is formed and what is a
-fellow going to do about it?”
-
-He waited [83] some time for a reply, but as Vance made none, he
-proceeded to pour out a small portion of the contents of the bottle into
-a glass, and then added some water to it and stood looking out of the
-window.
-
-“Won’t you be seated?” asked Vance.
-
-“Thank you, I believe I will,” replied Boast, and sat down with the
-glass of liquor in his hand, and said nothing for several minutes. He
-acted as if he dreaded the ordeal of swallowing the portion, but felt it
-would not do to set it aside after all he had said in regard to being
-a hard drinker. Finally he gulped it down at a single swallow, and then
-drank a great quantity of water immediately afterward. He strangled
-considerably and his eyes became very red, and evidently was glad the
-trial was over. Presently he said:
-
-“Mr. Gilder, there are things going to happen down at Waterville
-in the next ninety days that will surprise everyone. Some very large
-manufacturing enterprises wall soon be located there.”
-
-“That certainly is very welcome news,” replied Vance, “as a
-property owner in the new city, I am naturally interested in its
-development.”
-
-[84] “Property has gone up ten per cent since you were there.”
-
-“Is that so?” said Vance, looking up in some surprise. “Of
-course,” Boast continued, “I am selling my special bargain list at
-the same old prices, but the Company and other real estate agents who
-have desk room here and there over the town, are trying very hard to
-inflate prices. I am holding them level, however, and intend to keep on
-doing so. I don’t propose having Waterville killed by a lot of town
-boomers, who are trying to get prices away above intrinsic values.”
-
-“It is very fortunate,” replied Vance, “that Waterville has such a
-conservative citizen as yourself.”
-
-“It’s very complimentary for you to say so, I am sure,” replied
-Boast. “Of course. Mr. Gilder, I would not say anything detrimental
-about anyone.”
-
-“Certainly not,” replied Vance. The tenor of his conversation was
-decidedly wicked in its insinuations; indeed, one to hear him talk would
-naturally think the destiny of Waterville rested entirely with J. Arthur
-Boast. Presently, in a high, creaking voice, he said:
-
-“How do you like Miss Louise?”
-
-“Miss Louise?” repeated Vance, with a perplexed look on his face.
-
-“Yes, Miss Louise Bonifield. How do you like her? Pretty fair specimen
-for the west, ain’t she?”
-
-“My likes and dislikes,” said Vance, “are hardly to be taken into
-consideration. One seldom forms an opinion until he is acquainted. Of
-course, there are exceptions to the rule. I have known people for a very
-short time, and yet instinctively taken a great dislike to them.
-Miss Bonifield,” continued Vance, without looking up, [85] “has the
-appearance of a lady of refinement and culture, but as my observations
-have been limited, I can hardly say more than that I am well pleased
-with both the young lady and her father.” At this Vance prepared to
-leave the room.
-
-“You’d better drink with me,” said Boast, taking up his bottle
-again.
-
-9093
-
-“I am liable to drink every drop of this liquor before I let up,
-and you’d only be doing me a kindness by dividing it up with me a
-little.”
-
-“No, thank you,” replied Vance. “Very well,” said Boast “I
-shall remain in Gold Bluff several days, and hope to see you often.”
-
-Vance closed the door after Boast had left his room, and the one word,
-“Scoundrel!” hissed through his teeth.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI.—OWNER OF THE PEACOCK MINE.
-
-9094
-
-HE next [86] morning Vance was up at an early hour for a morning walk.
-He followed the winding road up the hill-side toward Gray Rocks. The
-air was fresh and invigorating; the sun was just rising over the eastern
-mountains. Robins and mountain thrushes were twittering gaily their
-morning songs. He mentally compared the stifled life so prevalent in the
-great cities to the healthful and exhilarating prospect about him.
-
-A shadow flitted across his mind. It was J. Arthur Boast’s inquiry in
-regard to Louise Bonifield. “But why should I be so ready to come
-to her rescue? What right have I to be her champion? They may be old
-acquaintances, but they certainly are not friends. She is too noble a
-character to form an alliance of friendship with such an individual
-as Boast. He is critical, cold, calculating, and, I believe,
-unprincipled.”
-
-Walking on in an aimless way, he followed a path that led by Gray Rocks
-on toward the Peacock. Presently he saw a well-dressed man in middle
-life walking toward him. There was an unmistakable look of good living
-and prosperity—a general air of superiority about him. His round, fat
-face was smooth shaven, except a [87] bristly dark moustache. His nose
-was large and obtrusive. In his shirt front glistened a diamond of great
-value, while its counterpart reflected the morning sun from a massive
-ring on one of his fat, short fingers.
-
-“Good morning,” said he.
-
-0095
-
-Vance returned the salutation, and presently the pompous stranger
-introduced himself as Rufus Grim, owner of the Peacock.
-
-“Yes, I have heard of you,” replied Vance.
-
-[88] “You’re the young man from New York, I reckon,” said Grim.
-
-“New York is my home.”
-
-“Yes, I have heard about you. I rather expected you over to see me.
-I assure you, Mr. Gilder,” he went on, “it would afford me great
-pleasure to show you through the Peacock. She is a fine piece of
-property, I can tell you; none better. If you’ll walk down this way a
-little we can see the old prospect shaft where the precious metal of the
-Peacock was first discovered.”
-
-Vance readily consented, and presently they came to an old, open shaft
-near the brow of the mountain overlooking the village of Gold Bluff and
-the valley below.
-
-“Here,” said Rufus Grim, with a wave of his fat hand, “is where
-I commenced prospecting fifteen years ago. I was one of the pioneers
-in this mining camp. Sometimes I did not know where the next meal was
-coming from, but I worked on, day after day; first for wages, and then
-for an interest in what, at the time, was looked upon as a labor and
-money losing investment. I stuck to it; the other fellows didn’t.
-Finally I bought out the other fellows, and if you have heard very much
-about the history of Gold Bluff and the prosperity of her mines,
-of course you have heard about me. In fact,” he said, with vulgar
-braggadocio, “the history of the Peacock and my own are so interwoven
-that you couldn’t very well hear of one and not know all about the
-other.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance, “I have heard a great deal of you. Mr. Grim,
-and am delighted to have the pleasure of knowing you personally.”
-
-“Yes, I presume,” [89] said Grim, as he looked away toward the
-valley that nestled beneath their feet, “I presume you’ve heard a
-great deal about Rufus Grim that is not true, and precious little to my
-credit. I have not a doubt but what the busy-bodies of Gold Bluff have
-told you that old, worn-out story about Steve Gibbons and Hank Casey,
-and how unjustly I treated them; but I can tell you,” he continued
-with warmth, “there’s not a word of truth in all that you may have
-heard. No, sir, I have climbed the ladder step by step and built up
-my own fortune, and whatever I am to-day, I have nobody to thank but
-myself.”
-
-“I assure you,” said Vance, “I have heard nothing particularly
-to your discredit. In fact, I have heard next to nothing at all,
-except that you were the owner of the Peacock, and that it is a paying
-property.”
-
-Rufus Grim looked at Vance at first as if he doubted him, and then
-expressed his surprise that no one had told him what a mean man he was.
-“If you get acquainted with that young scoundrel, Boast, he’ll tell
-you quick enough—a miserable story; how I cheated Casey and Gibbons
-out of their share of the mine; but I say it’s false,” he continued,
-as he brought his fat hands down together, “not a word of truth in any
-of their statements. No, sir. You see,” he went on, turning to the
-old prospect shaft, “I have put a wall around this so that it may be
-preserved. It gratifies me to come here occasionally and think over the
-hard times of my prospecting life and the change that has come. It came,
-sir, because I made it come. Yonder is my home,” said he, waving his
-hand toward an elegant residence located in the suburbs of the village,
-with beautiful grounds about it. “If there is any better in the Fish
-River mining district, I don’t know it.”
-
-[90] “You’re home,” said Vance, “is certainly a lovely looking
-place.”
-
-“You are at liberty,” said Grim “to come and see me whenever
-you desire. I can’t promise you more than this, that you will be
-welcome.” Grim made this last remark as if he was bestowing a great
-favor upon a stranger within the gates of Gold Bluff; indeed, one might
-have imagined him Lord Mayor of some municipality granting the freedom
-of the city to some favored guest.
-
-Vance thanked him for the invitation. With a stately bow to Vance, Grim
-turned and walked toward the works on the Peacock, and Vance returned
-to the hotel refreshed from his walk, and interested in the fragments of
-the story he had heard from the owner of the Peacock.
-
-At the appointed hour he called for Louise, and, together, they walked
-briskly toward Silver Point Lake.
-
-Louise was [91] all animation and life, and thought nothing of the two
-miles’ walk which lay before them.
-
-9098
-
-Indeed, she had followed these mountain paths from her early childhood,
-and felt less fatigue after a tramp of a half-dozen miles than many a
-city belle after walking a half-dozen blocks.
-
-It might be well to explain that Louise’s mother was a lady of great
-culture and refinement, and belonged to one of the oldest families of
-Baltimore. She died when Louise was only four years old. A spinster
-sister of Colonel Bonifield tried to persuade her brother to give up his
-daughters while he was leading a life in the mountains, and let than
-be reared to womanhood at the old Bonifield home in Virginia, but Ben
-Bonifield could not do this. The loss of his wife was a severe blow, and
-to part with his daughters, Virginia and Louise, could not be thought
-of. Therefore, Aunt Sully had accepted her brother’s invitation to
-make her home in the mountains, and take upon herself the care and
-training of her brother’s children.
-
-Aunt Sally was a lady in the olden time possessed of uncommon gifts
-and a finished education, not only in classical literature, but also in
-music and painting. Louise had proven a more apt scholar than her elder
-sister, Virginia. Aunt Sally had been a most painstaking instructress,
-and her wards had grown up with minds enriched and cultured, while
-their physical development was in keeping with the wild freedom of a
-health-sustaining mountain country.
-
-In her later years, however, Aunt Sally had become greatly dissatisfied
-with her brother and his attachment for Gray Rocks, and she had
-developed a querulous disposition, which, at times, was very annoying to
-Ben Bonifield. She lost no opportunity to express her opinion that “he
-was fooling his time away” while working on Gray Rocks.
-
-As Vance and Louise walked along that morning toward Silver Point Lake,
-he could not help glancing at the ruddy glow on the fair cheeks of his
-companion. He listened to her childish talk of the many excursions which
-she had made with her father far over some of the tallest mountains that
-lav before them, and of numerous “fish frys” they had enjoyed at
-Silver Point Lake.
-
-While he listened to the sweet music of her voice, he [92] mentally
-speculated as to what sort of a friendship, if any, could possibly exist
-between such a fair creature and J. Arthur Boast. Presently, looking up
-at Vance with her large blue eyes, she said:
-
-“We may have company at the lake.”
-
-“Why, how is that?” inquired Vance in some surprise.
-
-“I received a note,” replied Louise, “from Bertha Allen, inviting
-me to go horseback riding to-day. In my reply I explained my previous
-engagement with you. Just before starting this morning I received a note
-from her saying that she and her cousin, Arthur Boast, would try to join
-our fishing party. Of course,” she said, with a sweet little laugh,
-“you do not know who Bertha Allen is. Bertha Allen,” she went on,
-“is Mr. Rufus Grim’s step-daughter. Mr. Grim married Mrs. Allen when
-Bertha was a girl in her early teens. Mrs. Allen is Colonel Boast’s
-sister, and Bertha and Arthur are, therefore, cousins.”
-
-Vance did not fancy the prospect of meeting Boast, and felt that his
-happiness for the day would certainly be very incomplete if Boast was to
-be one of the fishing party.
-
-“I have met Mr. Boast,” said Vance, with just a tinge of resentment
-in his voice.
-
-“I hope you like him,” said Louise, as she turned her lovely face
-toward him with a pleading look in her eyes.
-
-“May I ask you why you hope so?” asked Vance, in almost a defiant
-tone.
-
-There was no maidenly blush on Louise’s cheeks as she replied with the
-simplicity of a child:
-
-“Why, Mr. Gilder, there is hardly anybody that likes Arthur, and I
-sometimes feel sorry for him. Mr. Grim [93] says very hard things about
-him, and no one seems to be his friend.”
-
-“Perhaps he is unworthy,” replied Vance.
-
-For a moment Louise was silent, and then said:
-
-“The judgment of the world, Mr. Gilder, is often at fault. We may
-judge with a degree of accuracy art, music, fame, or power, but it is
-hardly wise to apply the same rule to a human being.”
-
-0101
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII—TROUT FISHING.
-
-9102
-
-RRIVING at [94] the lake by a circuitous path, they found themselves
-on the banks of a lovely sheet of water, several hundred feet wide and
-perhaps a mile in length. The distinct reflection of the foliage, trees
-and mountains, which rose several hundred feet on the opposite side,
-made a double picture of enchanting loveliness.
-
-“We have been waiting for you,” said Bertha Allen, in a flute-like
-voice. She was a cooing sort of a young lady, with a dainty lisp, which
-she evidently regarded as becoming. She embraced Louise and gave her
-one of her sweetest kisses, and in a half sotto voice lisped, “how
-beautiful you look to-day!”
-
-Vance was presented, and Bertha honored him with one of her stateliest
-bows. There was no alternative, as Boast extended his hand and observed
-that he had met Mr. Gilder before, but to accept the situation and make
-the best of it.
-
-Vance saw in Bertha Allen a young lady of about five and twenty, rather
-tall and slender, with a wasp-like waist. She had a small head and face,
-with heavy braids of dark brown hair, which corresponded with her long
-eyelashes of a dark hue. Her eyes never looked straight at anyone,
-but she continually practiced a bewitching habit of shy observation,
-evidently considering it fasci [95] nating. Her mouth was small, and a
-noticeable dimple was in her chin. There was a delicate pink upon her
-cheeks, which Vance noticed as the day wore on, did not come and go,
-but remained as one of her permanent features. There was a poetry in
-her movements, however, which admirably fitted her slow, soft tone of
-lisping-speech. Her slender form was robed in a pretty costume of pink,
-with black lace and ribbons. It was a costume of frills and laces,
-coquetishly arranged, making her graceful figure more symmetrical
-in arrangement. There were puffings here and there, which concealed
-defects, if any existed, and revealed her womanly charms to the best
-advantage. She talked a good deal, and called Louise her own “dear
-darling.” Here every sentence was a lisp, and she told Cousin Arthur
-he was “simply horrid to kill the poor worms in baiting the hooks.”
-
-Vance noticed that Roast was ready at any time to neglect his stylish
-cousin to engage in conversation with Louise. He found himself
-interpreting Bertha Allen’s attempts to entertain and interest him,
-as the act of an accomplice, to enable Boast to have a tete-a-tete with
-Louise. There was consolation, however, in the fact that he did not
-believe Louise favored Arthur Boast’s attentions.
-
-“How Arthur and Louise are enjoying themselves!” lisped Bertha
-Allen, in a sweet, confiding way, to Vance.
-
-“Do you think their enjoyment is superior to ours?” asked Vance.
-
-“No more than mine,” she replied demurely, “but possibly more than
-yours.” This was followed by a silvery little laugh.
-
-“I fear I am not very entertaining,” said Vance.
-
-[96] “On the contrary, Mr. Gilder,” replied Bertha, “I think you are
-a very charming companion. Are you from Virginia?” she asked.
-
-“No; my people were from Virginia. I was born and reared in New York
-City.”
-
-0104
-
-“The Bonifields are Virginians. They seem to think,” continued
-Bertha, “that all good people come from Virginia or Baltimore. I
-sometimes wish I had been born in Virginia.”
-
-[97] “I never noticed that peculiarity,” replied Vance, “in either
-Colonel Bonifield or his daughter.”
-
-“Oh, I don’t mean, Mr. Gilder, they are affected. Don’t you think
-I am horrid to go on talking this way to you? But really, is not Louise
-one of the sweetest little darlings in the world?”
-
-Vance was bored, but turning toward Bertha Allen and smiling at her
-pretty up-turned face, replied:
-
-“You ask me so many questions, Miss Allen, that I do not know which to
-answer first.”
-
-She looked archly at Vance, and said: “Do not answer either of them,
-for I know I would be dissatisfied with your reply. Is not that a
-beautiful botanical specimen? Really, Mr. Gilder,” she continued, “I
-sometimes do not know what I am saying. I know you will think me awfully
-stupid.”
-
-The well modulated and lisping voice of Bertha Allen possessed a
-charm of its own, and Vance found himself interested in studying
-the difference between the sweet, simple, unaffected Louise, and the
-affected, calculating Miss Allen.
-
-“Don’t you think, Mr. Gilder, that Louise has great
-individuality?”
-
-“I believe her to be a most exemplary young lady,” replied Vance,
-“and possessed of a good mind.”
-
-“Oh, you think that, do you?” said Bertha, lisping and laughing like
-the silvery tones of a flute. “You are not the only one, Mr.
-Gilder, that thinks that way. I mean Cousin Arthur. Oh, he’s awfully
-smitten.”
-
-“Indeed!” replied Vance.
-
-“What a beautiful picture,” said Bertha presently. “The waters
-mirror the trees and the mountains so [98] distinctly. Let us look over
-the bank at our own reflections.”
-
-“Permit me to hold your hand,” said Vance, “and I will prevent
-your falling. There—can you see yourself?”
-
-“Oh, just splendidly!” lisped Bertha, “it is clear as a French
-plate mirror. Shall I support you, Mr. Gilder, while you look?”
-
-“No, thank you,” replied Vance, “I am not fond of looking at
-homeliness. I would rather look at you.”
-
-“Oh, Mr. Gilder, you men are such flatterers! I thought better things
-of you.”
-
-“And why of me?” asked Vance, teasingly.
-
-“Louise has spoken of you so many’ times,” she replied, “and in
-such flattering terms, that I was very anxious to meet you. Indeed, I
-had quite made up my mind that you were different from other men. Let
-us turn down this way, Mr. Gilder. Let me see—what was I saying? I
-thought you must be different; but I guess men are all about alike.”
-
-“I feel highly honored,” replied Vance, “to think that Miss
-Bonifield should have spoken of me at all.”
-
-Bertha stopped and looked at Vance for a moment in silence, and then
-said:
-
-“Men are so conceited. There is no sentiment, I assure you, in
-Louise.”
-
-“Your frankness is quite charming, Miss Allen.”
-
-“Oh, do you think so?” said Bertha, with a sweet lisp.
-
-“Yes: and as to Miss Bonifield, I beg to differ from you. She
-certainly possesses in a high degree that sentiment peculiar to the
-children of nature. She loves all that is natural, and in the tenderness
-of her heart, pities the assumed.”
-
-[99] “How unfortunate, Mr. Gilder,” said Bertha, “that love is not
-reciprocal.”
-
-Before Vance could reply, Louise called to them and soon after she and
-Boast came up, declaring the day had been a great success. Arthur and
-Vance divided the catch equally, and soon with their baskets swinging
-from their shoulders, they started for home. Bertha was profuse in her
-invitations to Mr. Gilder to call, and he promised to do so. He was
-quite glad, however, when they finally separated and he had Louise all
-to himself.
-
-“I hope you have enjoyed the day as much as you anticipated, Mr.
-Gilder,” said Louise.
-
-“If I am anything,” replied Vance, “I am frank; and therefore
-confess I would have enjoyed it far more without Boast and his pretty
-cousin.”
-
-“I knew you would think her pretty,” said Louise; “everyone
-does.”
-
-“And do you think she is pretty?” asked Vance.
-
-“Yes, indeed,” replied Louise, “I have seen no one, even in your
-great city of New York, half so handsome as Bertha.”
-
-“You are certainly generous in your compliments,” said Vance.
-
-“Bertha has such a sweet way about her, and she always makes one feel
-so at his ease.”
-
-Before Vance had time to reply, Colonel Bonifield waved his pipe
-and blew out a cloud of smoke as an act of welcome to the returning
-fishermen. Vance displayed his long string of speckled beauties, and
-the Colonel assured him they had made a great success. “I have been
-thinkin’ of yo’ all day,” he continued, “and had half a mind,
-upon my honor I did, suh, to come oveh and help yo’ out.” [100] Soon
-after. Vance took leave of the Bonifields, and started for the hotel.
-His respect for generous-hearted Louise was increasing. “Yes,” said
-Vance to himself, “she is a child of nature. She does not know how to
-dissemble, and her heart is too pure to be resentful.” His pleasant
-reverie was broken by encountering Boast at the hotel, who had arrived a
-little before him.
-
-His shoes had been exchanged for polished ones, yet he complained about
-his negligee appearance, and stooped to brush the least speck of dust
-or cigar ashes that might have found lodgment on his trousers or coat
-sleeves, and kept assuring Vance that he knew he “looked rougher than
-a miner.”
-
-9108
-
-As a matter of fact, he was spotlessly at-attired, as was his custom.
-Even in his office at Waterville, he seemed backward about doing any
-business, for fear of soiling his hands in ink, or getting his desk out
-of order. Stepping into the bar-room of the hotel, they found seats near
-an open door, and Vance determined to gain as much information as he
-could from what Boast might have to say. As they seated themselves,
-Vance said:
-
-“I met Mr. Grim this morning.”
-
-“Oh. did you?” replied Boast. “There is a man,” he continued,
-“that ought to be hung. He’s a robber!”
-
-“A robber?” asked Vance.
-
-“Yes. Fifteen years ago,” continued Boast, “my father was the
-richest man in this part of Idaho. He was engaged then as now in the
-cattle and horse ranching business. He owns a very large ranch three
-miles from here down the valley. Grim came to the mining camp [101]
-without a dollar in his pocket and worked by the day. An opportunity
-presented itself for him to steal from his associates. He not only
-stole everything in sight, but by fraud and misrepresentation secured
-possession of the Peacock.
-
-8109
-
-“He is an ignorant old boor.
-
-“Ten years ago he married my aunt, the widow Allen, who is fully
-fifteen years his senior. He wanted a position in society and a home.
-My aunt is a stickler on all that’s polite, but notwithstanding her
-training and all of old Grim’s wealth, she has been unable to gild him
-over with even an appearance of culture, learning or decency. I never
-call at his house. They own perhaps the finest residence in the state
-of Idaho. If you will talk with Rufus Grim half an hour, it will be a
-wonder if he does not tell you that I am the biggest scoundrel outside
-the penitentiary; and it is all because my cousin Bertha is my friend.
-Sometimes I think he is afraid I will marry her. I believe he is in love
-with Bertha himself, and is only waiting for my aunt to die. It may be
-unwise for me to talk so plainly, Mr. Gilder, but when I think of that
-old reprobate, I become desperate.”
-
-There was certainly no half insinuation in this statement, but rather a
-fiendish denunciation of the rich miner.
-
-“I think,” said Boast, “we’d better have something to drink. I
-have a bottle in my pocket, but you are not very sociable, and I don’t
-presume you will drink with me.”
-
-“No,” said Vance, “I am just as much obliged, but I do not feel
-the need of any stimulant this evening.”
-
-[102] “I have abstained all day,” said Boast, “out of respect for
-the ladies.” His voice began to sound piping, and his restless eyes
-no longer looked squarely at Vance, but confined themselves to side-long
-glances, as if he were trying to discover what his feelings were toward
-his cousin and Miss Louise. “They are pretty fair specimens, eh, for
-the mountains? The ladies, I mean; the ladies.”
-
-Vance answered in the affirmative.
-
-“My cousin is terribly taken with you, Mr. Gilder; if she was not my
-cousin I would feel jealous of you.” As Vance made no reply, Boast
-continued: “I know I am going down hill at a pretty rapid rate, all on
-account of this red liquor.” Tipping up the bottle, he took a swallow,
-coughed immoderately afterward, and made wry faces, as if he were
-mentally damning all the “red liquor” to perdition.
-
-“There’s only one thing that will ever save Bertha Allen, and that
-is for old Grim to die. My aunt would inherit the wealth, and of course,
-in that event, Bertha would be an heiress. At present, she is entirely
-dependent upon his generosity. I understand,” continued Boast,
-“Colonel Bonifield has about reached the 300 foot level. If I have one
-hope greater than another, it is that he will strike it ten times
-richer than old Grim ever did. In that event,” he continued, while
-he furtively glanced at Vance, “there will be another heiress in Gold
-Bluff.”
-
-That night, after Vance found the seclusion of his room, he worked far
-into the early hours of morning, finishing a letter to the Banner, a
-letter full of decided opinions.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII.—THE STAGE RIDE.
-
-9111
-
-HE [103] following morning Vance forwarded to the Banner office a
-two column article, which he considered the finest of all his western
-letters.
-
-The chief was at Buzzard’s Bay enjoying a much needed rest, when
-Vance’s letter was received. The assistant managing editor did little
-more than glance over the manuscript and observe to the dramatic critic,
-as he hung the copy on the hook, that “Young Gilder was sending in
-some excellent articles from the Northwest.” The article was headed
-“Two Honorable Exceptions.” It proceeded, in a most logical manner,
-to give the output of precious metals from the mining town of Butte
-City.
-
-His statistics were carefully revised, showing there was five times
-as much capital per capita in the mining camp of Butte City, with her
-50,000 people, as in the cities of New York, Philadelphia or Boston.
-
-Vance had spent a good deal of time in preparing the article, and every
-statement was supplemented with irrefragable proof. The latter half of
-the article was devoted to Waterville and the agricultural resources of
-the Thief River Valley. The exports of surplus crops had increased [104]
-from 100 carloads per annum to 3,000 carloads in four years’ time,
-and a clever comparison was drawn between the farmers of eastern and New
-England states and the farmers of the great Thief River Valley, showing
-that for a given amount of labor, the farmer in the Thief River Valley
-received at least three dollars where the eastern farmer received only
-one.
-
-The wonderful water power in the rapids of the Thief River, where the
-new town of Waterville was building, was also dwelt upon, as well as
-the centrality of location of the new city—not only from a local
-standpoint, but as to the entire northwestern section of the United
-States. The yield of wheat and other cereals was briefly referred to,
-all showing that Gilder had been most painstaking in preparing the
-article.
-
-The managing editor, at Buzzard’s Bay, was enjoying his morning smoke
-when the Banner was laid on his table. Glancing it over leisurely, his
-eye caught the head-lines, “Two Honorable Exceptions.” In a moment
-he was all animation. His cigar was permitted to go out in his general
-neglect of everything else, in devouring every sentence and word of the
-article. He then paced back and forth across his room and swore like
-a pirate, declaring he would not have had the article appear in the
-columns of the Banner for $10,000.
-
-“Just to think,” said he, “the very thing I sent that young fool
-of a Gilder into the west to accomplish, he has in this one article
-spoiled forever. Half a dozen of my friends have been asking me about
-mining invest [105] ments in Butte City. I have pleaded ignorance, but
-assured them we had sent a trusty man to inspect the merits of such
-investments, and they could expect reliable information in the columns
-of the Banner. Here it is, and a pretty mess he has made of it. He
-has,” continued the managing editor, angrily, “completely lost his
-head; only one thing will bring him to his senses, and that is a prompt
-dismissal from the Banner force.”
-
-Accordingly he wired the assistant managing editor, directing him to
-notify Mr. Gilder by letter that his services were no longer required.
-He also instructed his assistant to send the clearest headed man on the
-force immediately to Butte City, Montana, and Waterville, Idaho,
-and have an article for the coming Sunday issue that would entirely
-counteract the effect of Mr. Gilder’s communication.
-
-While these arrangements were being made at the Banner office, Vance was
-preparing to return to Butte City by way of Waterville, in order to
-make some investigations and secure additional information for his next
-letter to the Banner.
-
-The old miner, Ben Bonifield, had assured him they would reach the 300
-foot level by the following Saturday night, and Vance promised to return
-to Gold Bluff early the following week. Vance waited over one stage in
-order to travel in the one driven by Steve Gibbons.
-
-As a special mark of distinction to Vance, Gibbons invited him to a seat
-on the top of the stage. As they were whirled away from the beautiful
-little village of Gold Bluff, the sun was beginning to gild with gold
-the eastern hills. Vance felt it was a sight never to be forgotten. The
-evening before starting he was at the Bonifields. [106] When Louise said
-good-bye, with the sweet truthfulness of youth, and assured him that she
-would be lonely when he was gone, he felt like declaring then and there,
-he would stay forever if she would but make the request. She gave Vance
-a letter of introduction to her sister Virginia, whom Vance promised to
-call upon as soon as possible after reaching Waterville.
-
-Steve Gibbons was in his element on top of the stage coach.
-
-8114
-
-He chatted away in a vivacious manner, recounting various reminiscences
-of the different mountain gorges, here and there, where fine specimens
-of float rock had been discovered at different times. Again he would
-tell of some thrilling adventure with the Indians, and marvelous
-hair-breadth escapes. Gibbons invariably figured in these narratives as
-one of the principal characters. Presently he said:
-
-“I don’t reckon you met Grim, did you?”
-
-“Rufus Grim?” said Vance; “yes, I had the pleasure of meeting him
-only a few days ago.”
-
-“I ‘spect,” said Gibbons, “that Rufus Grim is the biggest
-scoundrel unhung in these diggins. He thinks he’s mighty pert, but
-Hank Casey and me ‘ll teach him afore long that other people can be a
-mighty sight perter than what he is. The only hearty, overgrown regret
-that I’ve never been able to get rid of is that I didn’t twist his
-neck ten years ago.”
-
-“What grievance have you,” asked Vance, “against Mr. Grim? One
-would naturally suppose the owner of the richest mine in the Fish River
-Mining District would be respected instead of disliked.” [107] Steve
-Gibbons pushed his sombrero back from his forehead, as if to relieve his
-pent up feelings, swung his long whip twice around his head, and made
-the welkin ring as he cracked it over the backs of his dappled leaders.
-
-He then expectorated a vigorous “pit-tew” of tobacco juice, and
-said: “I reckon one can’t always judge by appearances. When Steve
-Gibbons says that Rufus Grim is a scoundrel, he is a pretty good jedge
-of what he is sayin’, and he mighty near means what he says, pardner.
-Somebody’s goin’ to be jerked out of the kinks ‘fore long,
-and—’twixt ourselves—I think that somebody is Rufus Grim. Hank
-Casey an’ me are old pards, and we’ve employed B. Webster Legal.
-He’s the corporation attorney for the Waterville Town Company. You
-won’t be takin’ no chances, pardner, of bettin’ your last dollar
-that old Grim will think somebody’s after him with a sharp stick and
-a diamond drill in the end of it ‘afore B. Webster Legal gets through
-with him. I tell you, Jedge Legal is a cuss in the court room. He can
-whip his weight in wild-cats in a law suit. Of course, I don’t mean
-that he’s goin’ to leave the Town Company; he’ll never do that as
-long as a lot can be sold—he says so his-self. Hank and I hev made
-a bargain with him, and old Grim is goin’ to be ousted. The Peacock
-belongs to Hank Casey and me. What do you think of that?”
-
-“I assure you,” replied Vance, “you interest me very much. I
-supposed Mr. Grim was the owner of the Peacock.”
-
-Again Steve Gibbons’ long whip cracked like a pistol shot over the
-backs of his horses. Presently he said:
-
-“I don’t tell everybody, pardner, but I ‘spect it makes no
-difference with you. You see, when Rufus Grim came [108] to Gold Bluff
-some fifteen years ago, he was so darnation poor he couldn’t buy a
-meal of victuals. Hank and I had staked out the Peacock.
-
-0116
-
-We had found some mighty rich float rock in that part of the mountain,
-and knew the precious stuff was not very far away. We ‘grub-staked’
-Grim and put him to work on wages, and while he was workin’, he struck
-a ‘pocket’ and found free gold—a regular vault full of yellow
-stuff. He commenced his treachery by stealin’ every grain of it, and
-then cleverly walled up that part of the shaft and continued diggin’
-in the opposite direction, endeavorin’ to get as far away from the
-place where he had made the discovery as possible. Well, by and by
-Hank Casey and me got tired of payin’ out money, and we sold out the
-Peacock for a mere song to Grim. Soon after, the name of Rufus Grim was
-known all over the mountain district as a bonanza king. He organized an
-immense company, and owns most of the stock himself. Within six months
-after we were defrauded of our rights in the Peacock, he was a rich man,
-and has been gettin’ richer ever since. Hank Casey and me have a whole
-lot of evidence. B. Webster Legal says if we can prove what we claim,
-that we have got a lead pipe cinch on the Peacock. The papers are
-bein’ drawn up, and things are goin’ to be sizzlin’ hot for Rufus
-Grim before many moons go over his head.”
-
-Vance expressed [109] much surprise and sympathy at the injustice he had
-sustained.
-
-“Say, pardner,” said Steve, “I kind o’ reckon you’re shinin’
-up a little toward old Bonifield’s gal, ain’t you?” and he nudged
-Vance in the ribs with his elbow.
-
-The question was so unexpected that Vance hardly knew how to reply.
-“I hope,” replied Vance, “that I am not in disfavor with the young
-lady, or her father either. I own an interest in Gray Rocks.”
-
-“The dickens you do!” said Steve Gibbons. “Well, if there’s
-any man in these mountains, pardner, who ought to strike it, old Ben
-Bonifield is the one. He’s been stickin to Gray Rocks for a good
-many years, and is one of the squarest men in the Fish River Minin’
-District, while that gal of his—-why, she is the gem of all these
-diggins. I did think J. Arthur Boast had the inside [110] track on the
-Bonifield ranch, but here lately I ‘lowed as maybe Boast was playin’
-second fiddle; but then you can’t tell how a game is goin’ to end
-until the last card is played.”
-
-Vance made no reply, but ground his teeth in silent anger at the mention
-of Boast’s name.
-
-It was late that night when they arrived at Waterville.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV.—THE TOWN COMPANY’. MEETING.
-
-9119
-
-ARLY [111] the next morning Dick Ballard rapped on Vance’s door, and
-being admitted, greeted him warmly, and assured him he was mighty glad
-to see him again.
-
-“There’s goin’ to be a meetin’ of the Town Company.”
-
-“Is that so?” said Vance.
-
-“Yes; the hul kit and bilin’ of ‘em are here,” replied Ballard.
-“There’s Colonel Alexander, Homer Winthrop, General Ira House and
-his brother, Jack House, B. Webster Legal and Marcus Donald. Donald is
-the resident director of the Town Company.” Vance said he would be
-glad to meet them.
-
-“Well, you’ll see the keenest lot of men,” said Ballard, “this
-here country has ever pulled together. Every one of ‘em is a strong
-man and a hustler from the word go. What I say about ‘em you’ll find
-is prima facie.” After a little, Dick Ballard winked one eye at Vance
-and said: “I feel a bottle in my pocket, and I wouldn’t wonder
-a mite there was suthin’ in it that wouldn’t taste bad. A little
-spirits is mighty good for a feller when he has had a hard day’s
-ride.”
-
-Vance assured him that he was much obliged, but was [112] thoroughly
-refreshed by his night’s rest, and a light breakfast was all he
-wanted.
-
-“We usually,” replied Ballard, “accommodate fellows that want
-that kind of a breakfast; in fact, some of our breakfasts are too darned
-light. I’ll go down and see what I can skirmish up for you.”
-
-At the door Dick Ballard turned and said, “Oh, yes, have you heard the
-news?”
-
-“No, I do not remember of having heard anything of a startling
-character,” replied Vance.
-
-“Well, by Ned, I supposed you had heard all about it,” said Ballard,
-as he leaned against the door and looked wise.
-
-“Well, what is it?” queried Vance.
-
-“Well, sir, our militia company has got a new snare drum, and, gosh
-all fish hooks! but she is a rat-tat-tat-to-or from away back!” The
-door closed and Old Dick Ballard retreated, merrily whistling “Away
-down in Dixie.”
-
-After breakfast, Vance was escorted to the Town Company’s office,
-where he met the different members of the company. Each vied with the
-other in showing him courtesies.
-
-“I presume,” said Homer Winthrop, as they drew a little aside from
-the others, “that you have never met as remarkable men as you see in
-my associates.” He looked radiant, inserted his thumbs in the armholes
-of his vest, and continued:
-
-“Colonel Alexander is possessed of one of the richest brains of
-any man I ever knew. Our attorney, Mr. Legal is a star of the first
-magnitude in his profession, and can whip a small army in a lawsuit,
-while Gen. Ira [113] House has a reputation superior to any man in the
-Rocky Mountains as a town builder. Now, if he,” continued Winthrop,
-“should go into the midst of a desert and say, ‘Here a great city
-shall be built,’ you would make no mistake in taking a ‘flyer’ on
-some dirt in that vicinity. Then there is Jack House, the General’s
-brother, who is, in his specialty, a most remarkable man. He is
-sometimes called ‘the Conspirator’ of our gang, because of his
-ability to set up jobs on the enemy and down ‘em.”
-
-“By Jove, look,” said Winthrop, pointing out of the window, while
-his face became animated, “do you see that young lady on the other
-side of the street? That’s Miss Virgie Bonifield, and I venture to say
-she’s one of the loveliest girls in the Rocky Mountains.”
-
-“I have a message for her, sent by her sister,” replied Vance. “I
-will be under many obligations if you’ll introduce me to the young
-lady.”
-
-“With pleasure,” replied Winthrop, “as soon as the town meeting
-adjourns we will call upon her.”
-
-The meeting was called to order, with Colonel Alexander in the chair.
-
-The chairman cleared his throat several times with marked vehemence, and
-said:
-
-“Gentlemen, we have again met to deliberate upon the destiny of
-Waterville and the great Thief River Valley. It is no small matter for
-gigantic intellects to thus assemble as a deliberative body, to arrange,
-by resolutions or otherwise, questions of great moment. The leading
-question to-day, gentlemen, is that of mind over matter. We have said
-to one another, ‘Waterville shall become a great city;’ our united
-efforts are concentrated [114] in this work. The story of the bundle of
-sticks is as true to-day as when the fable was first written.
-
-0122
-
-“The wealth, gentlemen, of our united intellects is bearing down in
-concentrated rays against every opposition, and with hammer and tongs we
-are reaching out in every direction, and are making one of the grandest
-campaigns the country has ever witnessed. Gentlemen, what is the
-pleasure of this meeting?”
-
-The Colonel’s earnestness could not be doubted. When [115] he sat down
-he fondled his gold-headed cane with apparent tenderness, as if he
-were ashamed of the way he had abused it in emphasizing his remarks by
-punching it into the floor in a most merciless fashion.
-
-B. Webster Legal, addressing the chairman, said: “I am proud again to
-meet my distinguished associates as a deliberative body. For the benefit
-of our beloved citizens of Waterville, who are crowding into this room
-of deliberation, and standing in front of the windows eagerly listening
-to the important proceedings of this meeting, I will say that only men
-in the broadest term—men with an abundance of gray matter clinging
-to their brains—could possibly have accomplished the feats which
-have characterized the acts of the Waterville Town Company from
-its organization up to the present time. I feel, Mr. President and
-gentlemen, that our untiring efforts are about to be crowned with a
-success little dreamed of by the most hopeful.
-
-“From a legal point of view, I am proud to assure you that the
-Waterville Town Company is in a most safe and healthy condition. I have
-frequently observed, and will again say, I am not a seller of lots,
-but I assure each and every one of you that I am here to stay by
-this company as long as a lot can be sold. So far as legal knots are
-concerned, I will untie them; or, failing to do so, will, with the sharp
-edge of the law, cleave them asunder.”
-
-The attorney’s remarks were greeted with applause as he sat down.
-
-The chairman jarred the frail building by again clearing his throat,
-and requested C. Webster Legal to make a report of the assets of the
-Waterville Town Company.
-
-[116] “Mr. Chairman,” said B. Webster Legal, “I have recently looked
-over the list of property owned by the Waterville Town Company, and find
-that we have assets amounting to some two millions of dollars.”
-
-As the attorney sat down there was a satisfied look upon his face
-suggestive of the millionaire.
-
-The chairman looked over his spectacles and said, “Gentlemen, you
-have heard, and no doubt with pardonable elation, the statement of our
-honored associate, Judge Legal. There are eight of us,” he continued,
-“and two millions means a quarter of a million each. Within two years,
-sirs, these assets will have doubled in value. There are men whose
-statements I would not rely implicitly upon without discounting
-them—say, fifty or seventy-five per cent—but, gentlemen, when it
-comes to downright conservatism, why, my level-headed friend the Judge
-takes the jackpot. Yes, sir, I undertake to say, gentlemen, he is the
-king bee of us all in cutting square into the heart of a proposition,
-and analyzing it with a precision that is truly remarkable; and when
-he says two millions, I have no hesitancy, gentlemen, in staking my
-reputation that it is three millions if it is a cent.”
-
-As the chairman sat down he looked carefully at his gold-headed cane
-again to make sure it had sustained no injury.
-
-Marcus Donald, the resident Town Company’s director, addressed the
-meeting, and said:
-
-“Mr. Chairman, I never felt so rich in my life as I do at the present
-moment. I regret that my ancestors are not alive to rejoice with me in
-the prosperity I am now enjoying. There is a reason in this contemplated
-prosperity. First, the great natural opportunities in this [117]
-wonderful valley, and, second, the unity of action on the part of the
-members of our Town Company.
-
-“I have here a small matter to which I wish to call the directors’
-attention.
-
-9125
-
-It is a livery bill of some eighty dollars that is past due, and,
-perhaps, we had better arrange for it.”
-
-Judge Legal rose to a point of order. He said that such small details
-as paying livery bills had no place in the deliberations of this body
-of men. “It is the duty of the auditing committee to first approve and
-then look after the payments of small items like expense bills.”
-
-Director Donald stated in reply that B. Webster Legal was a member of
-the auditing committee as well as himself, and, doubtless, knew the
-bill had been approved of long ago, but that there were no funds with
-which—
-
-“Order!” shouted the chairman, punching his goldheaded cane
-vigorously into the floor. “I sustain the point of order made by this
-corporation’s attorney. Let us now proceed with the deliberations of
-weighty and progressive questions.”
-
-Gen. Ira House sat propped back in his chair in a retired corner of
-the room, and until now had maintained silence, save the fetching and
-labored puffs of his cigar, which almost completely enveloped him in a
-cloud of smoke. As he straightened himself up, he pushed his chair in
-front of him, elevated one foot to the seat and rested his left elbow
-on his elevated knee. He wore an expression on his face becoming a
-philosopher. [118] “Mr. Chairman,” said he, “it seems to me we’re
-drifting.” He looked wise and waited a moment for his remark to take
-effect. “Drifting,” he continued, “is weakness. If we drift, we
-scatter; if we scatter, we fall. Now, gentlemen,” he continued,
-“we must not drift. There are important business matters awaiting our
-attention. I hold in my hand a letter from a party who wants to know if
-Waterville would not be a good place to start a foundry. Now, gentlemen,
-do we want a foundry at Waterville, or do we not? That is the question
-before this meeting.”
-
-As Gen. House sat down, the crowd cheered him lustily, stamped their
-feet, clapped their hands, and cries of “Good!”
-
-“That’s business!” “That’s the talk!” were heard on all
-sides among the citizens who were listening with bated breath to the
-proceedings of the Town Company’s meeting.
-
-“I move,” said Jack House, “that we want a foundry at Waterville,
-and resolutions to that effect be prepared, inviting the party, whoever
-he is, to locate his foundry here.”
-
-“Order, gentlemen!” shouted the chairman, again clearing his throat.
-“Mr. Secretary, please record in the minutes of this meeting, if
-there are no objections, the unanimous vote in favor of the foundry, and
-prepare a set of elaborate resolutions, which we will sign, inviting the
-party making the inquiry to come at once to Waterville and locate his
-foundry.”
-
-The throng of citizens broke into cheers at this announcement, and the
-word was soon passed through the throng to the outer circle, that a
-foundry was to be located at Waterville. Presently, three cheers and a
-[119] tiger were proposed for the new foundry, and the deliberations of
-the Town Company were necessarily delayed until the cheering had ceased.
-
-Marcus Donald, addressing the chairman, said: “I have received a
-communication from the owners of a sash, blind and door factory,
-who seem quite desirous of casting their lot with us. I suggest the
-importance of taking official notice of their communication.”
-
-The throng of citizens waited almost breathlessly, and with a fair
-degree of patience, to see what was to be done in regard to the sash,
-blind and door factory. Judge Legal moved that the suggestion offered by
-Director Donald be acted upon, and that a resolution favoring the
-sash, blind and door factory be voted upon. As he sat down, three other
-directors seconded the motion.
-
-“You have heard the question,” said the chairman. “Unless there is
-some opposition, we will regard it as carried unanimously.” He looked
-over his spectacles a moment, and as no one offered an objection, he
-brought his gold-headed cane down with a sharp rap upon the floor, and
-said “Carried!”
-
-Again the word was passed from citizen to citizen onto the waiting mob
-without, that Waterville was to have a sash, blind and door factory.
-Again huzzas and cheering rent the air, and impeded, to a certain
-degree, the deliberations of the Town Company’s meeting.
-
-At this juncture, a clerk of the local bank—the only one that
-Waterville could boast of—presented himself and asked permission to
-address the directors.
-
-“What is the nature of your business, young man?” asked Col.
-Alexander, clearing his throat threateningly and looking hard at the
-clerk over his spectacles.
-
-[120] “I have a sight draft for $50, drawn on the Waterville Town
-Company for printing stock certificates.”
-
-The chairman and his seven colleagues came to their they cried, almost
-in unison. Several of the directors shouted, “Mr. Chairman! Mr.
-Chairman!” at the top of their voice, but in his indignation the
-chairman failed to take notice of them.
-
-8128
-
-Presently a silence, caused by sheer consternation, succeeded the first
-burst of surprise. Judge Legal, mounting a chair, said:
-
-“Mr. Chairman! I move you that article 57 of our by-laws be copied
-and certified to under our corporate seal and delivered to this young
-gentleman, that he may return it with the sight draft. Here is the
-wording of article 57: ‘Further, that this corporation, the Waterville
-Town Company refuses to honor or pay sight drafts from any and all
-sources.’.rdquo;
-
-“You have heard the question,” said the excited chairman, bringing
-his cane down with great vehemence. “Do I hear a second?”
-
-“We all second it.”
-
-Silence having been restored, Judge Legal again addressed the chair:
-
-“Mr. Secretary,” said the chairman, “record the question as
-carried unanimously.”
-
-“Mr. Chairman,” said he, “ [121] in the future all printing by
-the Waterville Town Company will be sent to another printing
-establishment.”
-
-“Unless there is opposition, we will consider the question as carried
-unanimously,” said the chairman. At this juncture the chairman took
-the floor, and addressing the directors, said:
-
-“There are times when, notwithstanding the power of our united
-intellects, questions of a very exasperating nature confront us, and,
-momentarily, we are at a loss to know just what to do; but it is only
-momentarily—we meet every crisis. It takes us a very short time to
-decide; and, with us, decision is action.
-
-“In my experience I have observed that, occasionally, storms of
-opposition sweep down upon men like an irresistible avalanche. At such
-times it is well to retreat to some protected place and let the storm
-tire itself out—beat itself into exhaustion, so to speak—until its
-very protest becomes a dead silence. Refreshed with the rest we have
-had, we may then safely sally forth, and, with renewed vigor, arrange a
-flank movement on the enemy, and everlastingly choke opposition into a
-corpse.”
-
-When the chairman sat down he motioned Vance to his side, and said,
-sotto voce: “Was not that a master stroke, Mr. Gilder? Do not we meet
-and dispose of questions that would simply stump any ordinary body of
-men into inaction? Opposition does not faze us; no sir, we know our
-rights, and are here to fight for them.”
-
-The citizens were very much elated over the prospects of a foundry and a
-sash, blind and door factory at Waterville. Their gratitude to the Town
-Company was very marked, and was evidenced by three hearty cheers and
-many huzzas. [122] Presently the meeting of the Town Company adjourned,
-and then there was much clapping of hands and more cheering. Each member
-of the company crowded around Vance and shook him warmly by the hand,
-and assured him they had had one of the most profitable meetings that
-had ever taken place.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV.—MISS VIRGINIA BONIFIELD.
-
-9131
-
-|ANCE [123] had become so thoroughly interested during his first visit
-to Waterville, that he was prepared, in a degree, to share in a general
-way the enthusiasm of the citizens and the members of the Waterville
-Town Company which prevailed after the meeting adjourned.
-
-Buoyant with hope of the future, without hardly understanding why,
-and with a blind belief that his investment would yield him a splendid
-return, he began to feel that it was indeed a lucky day when the chief
-of the Banner sent him to the northwest, and still luckier when he fell
-in with the members of the Waterville Town Company.
-
-That afternoon, accompanied by Homer Winthrop, he called on Miss
-Virginia Bonifield.
-
-That young lady received her callers with a cultured grace and dignity
-that would have done honor to even one who had seen much more of the
-world. She was rather tall and a pronounced brunette. Her well poised
-head was in keeping with her graceful figure. One could not say she was
-strikingly beautiful, but there was some [124] thing in her face as
-well as manner that made one forget to desire her different than
-the interesting person she was. Both vivacious and intelligent, she
-possessed the rare charm, in her conversation, of reflecting the mood of
-those about her. Addressing Vance, she said:
-
-“Louise has written me so much about you that I have been quite
-impatient to form your acquaintance. I presume that papa is still
-working away on Gray Rocks?”
-
-0132
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance, “he will soon reach the 300 foot level.”
-
-[125] “And the old story will be told again, I dare say,” said
-Virginia, laughing.
-
-“Miss Virginia is not an enthusiast,” said Winthrop, “in regard to
-untold millions that have not yet been discovered in mining shafts.”
-
-“My observations,” retorted Virginia, “have caused me to be less
-sentimental, if not more practical, than my good sister Louise.”
-
-“I fear,” said Vance, “you do not share in your father’s belief
-in regard to the future of Gray Rocks?”
-
-“I am a Bonifield,” replied Virginia, “and believe implicitly
-in my father; and, in my way, love him as tenderly, I dare say, as any
-daughter ever loved a parent, but sometimes I fear he is mistaken—but,
-to change the subject,” she continued, “how do you like the west?”
-
-“I am very favorably impressed with what I have seen. In the east we
-have many brilliants that are not diamonds; in the west we have many
-rough ashlars that are diamonds unpolished.”
-
-“Thank you,” replied Virginia, “I consider that a compliment.”
-
-“It is our intention,” said Winthrop, “to claim Mr. Gilder as a
-western man before another year; and if Waterville continues to grow, as
-we expect it will, we may persuade him to edit our first daily paper.”
-
-Soon after, they rose to go. “I shall hope,” said Miss Virginia,
-“that I will be honored by a call from you whenever you are in
-Waterville.”
-
-“Thank you,” replied Vance, “it will afford me great pleasure.”
-
-Winthrop remained behind a few moments, while Vance walked up and down
-the sidewalk. The sun was [126] well toward the western horizon. A
-bluish haze lay against the mountains in the distance. It was an Indian
-summer afternoon, full of quiet rest, with a gentle, invigorating
-mountain breeze as a constant tonic.
-
-Presently Winthrop joined him, and they hurried down to the depot, for
-it was nearing train time, and they had arranged to travel together to
-Butte City.
-
-“How are you impressed with Miss Bonifield?” asked Winthrop.
-
-“Quite favorably,” replied Vance. “She is, however, an entirely
-different type from her sister, Miss Louise; indeed, I can discover no
-family resemblance. Miss Louise is quite fair, while Miss Virginia is a
-decided brunette.”
-
-Soon after, the train came in, and they secured comfortable seats in
-a Pullman. As the train started, Vance looked out of the window at the
-turbulent waters in the river, and asked Winthrop where the foundry, and
-sash, blind and door factory would be located.
-
-“We have not decided as yet,” replied Winthrop. “That will be an
-easy matter to arrange when the party or parties are ready to commence
-building.”
-
-“I presume you are selling a good many lots?” said Vance.
-
-“Well, yes,” replied Winthrop, hesitatingly. “We are interesting
-a good many people; and it takes people to build a city. Where a man’s
-possessions are, his heart is generally not far away.”
-
-“I should judge from your complimentary remarks about Miss Virginia
-Bonifield, and the delightful expression of your face when we
-called this afternoon, that your heart abides quite permanently at
-Waterville.” [127] Winthrop seemed confused and looked out of the
-window. Presently lie said:
-
-“Miss Bonifield is one of the most practical young ladies it has ever
-been my good fortune to meet. She is a most exemplary young lady, and
-the good people of Waterville hold her in high esteem. This is her
-second year in the public school at that place.”
-
-“I judge from her remarks,” said Vance, “that her faith is very
-limited in her father’s mine.”
-
-“Yes,” replied ‘Winthrop, “I consider her the most practical
-member of the Bonifield family.”
-
-Vance blushed scarlet and turned resentfully in his seat toward
-Winthrop. “Ho! ho!” said Winthrop, laughing, “I was merely
-expressing my own private opinion. I see, without your saying it, that
-your opinion is quite different. How fortunate it is that all men,
-especially you and I, Mr. Gilder, are not of the same opinion. This very
-difference of opinion,” Winthrop went on, “may, as the months come
-and go, weld our friendship more and more firmly.”
-
-Vance saw that he had betrayed his feelings, and good-naturedly observed
-that he always was quite partial to blondes. “I presume,” he went
-on, “when I become editor of the first daily paper in Waterville, you
-will, doubtless, be president of some great banking house.”
-
-“I hope so,” replied Winthrop, thoughtfully. “If many people are
-interested in our new town it will help us in more ways than one. They
-will ultimately move to Waterville, erect homes, and engage in business;
-but we must not be impatient and expect too much for the first year, or
-the second, for that matter. ‘Rome was not [128] built in a day.’ I
-fully believe,” continued Winthrop, “that parties purchasing lots
-at the present prices will receive most excellent returns on their
-investments. You see,” continued Winthrop in a confidential way,
-“the Waterville Town Company was compelled to go into debt very
-heavily at the time it commenced its operations, but by persistent and
-continued efforts on the part of various members of the company, we have
-greatly reduced the indebtedness, and if the sale of lots continues for
-a week longer we will, probably, not owe a dollar.
-
-9136
-
-We will then divide our property, each member receiving a deed for his
-respective share.”
-
-Winthrop seemed so happy in anticipation of the joyful time when the
-company’ would be out of debt, and was so confidential and frank in
-regard to the matter, that Vance, hardly knowing why, found himself
-deeply interested in the work of selling lots, and suggested to Winthrop
-that he would write to some of the members of the Banner force who were
-particular friends of his, and advise them to send on their surplus
-earnings for investment.
-
-The town boomer was at once on the alert, and, in not an over-anxious
-way, heartily advised the step. Accordingly, that night at the hotel in
-Butte City, Vance wrote a letter to his friends advising an investment
-in Waterville.
-
-The dramatic critic, the religious editor, the police reporter, and
-the heads of the several departments of the Banner at once acted on
-Vance’s advice. They knew nothing of the chief’s action in regard
-to Vance’s dismissal. They wired Vance, authorizing him to sight
-[129] draft them for $2,500, and invest the proceeds in town lots in
-Waterville.
-
-He at once complied with the instructions, turned the money over to
-Winthrop, and instructed him to forward the deeds to his friends in New
-York city.
-
-He was not a little gratified to find his last letter to the Banner
-copied in full by the Intermountain Blade and the Butte City Miner, with
-editorials referring to the article as particularly able, and to the
-writer as having the “courage of his convictions.”
-
-The article had a most salutary effect on Homer Winthrop’s lot selling
-enterprise, and during the next few days he sold more Waterville town
-lots than his most sanguine expectations had caused him to hope for.
-
-Toward the last of the week Vance left Butte City for Gold Bluff, via
-Waterville. He had in his possession additional data and statistics to
-support and corroborate his recent letter to the Banner.
-
-At first the west was distasteful to him, but as he became better
-acquainted with its customs and habits he began to recognize the true
-manhood that is not unfrequently found under the miner’s garb.
-
-There is an uncouth, whole-soul generosity met with on the frontier of
-which the effete easterner knows nothing.
-
-Arriving at Waterville the following morning too late for the Gold Bluff
-stage, he was compelled to put in another day at Waterville. Remembering
-Miss Virginia Bonifield’s invitation, he called on her that evening,
-and was most hospitably received. In the course of their conversation
-she said:
-
-“I understand, Mr. Gilder, that you are interested with my father in
-Gray Rocks I hope you did not mis [130] understand me or my motive when
-I spoke discouragingly of my father’s mining prospects.”
-
-“May I ask,” said Vance, “what reason you have for your
-pessimistic views, if I may term them such?”
-
-“I presume,” she replied, a little nettled, “they are about as
-tangible and equally hard to explain as those of an optimist. I have a
-presentiment that father will never find what he is looking for in the
-Gray Rocks mine. My sister, Louise, encourages faith in what to me seems
-a mad belief.”
-
-“Your sister may be right,” replied Vance.
-
-“My greatest hope,” she replied, “is that I am wrong and that my
-sweet sister is right; but I really fear, Mr. Gilder, you will never see
-your money again that you have been investing with my father.”
-
-“I cannot doubt your sincerity,” replied Vance, “but I am glad to
-have more faith than you have.”
-
-“Why should I have any faith,” she replied. “Have I not seen
-my father clinging to that false hope year after year, and every day
-resulting in a fresh disappointment? Long ago I made up my mind that
-Aunt Sally is about right. She says that father has been planting money
-with different prospectors all over the mountains, and none of it has
-ever found its way back. She also predicts that father will work away on
-Gray Rocks until he dies, and never have his hopes realized. I love
-my father tenderly, and feel very sorry for him. A stranger cannot
-understand his personal charms and grandeur as one of his family. He is
-certainly one of the sweetest characters in the world. His persuasive
-powers, as you evidently have reason to know, are very great, and I feel
-it my duty to thus warn you for your own protection. Papa is [131] so
-sane on everything else excepting Gray Rocks, and is so foolish about
-that, notwithstanding his many years of lost labor.”
-
-“If your father has a ‘wheel in his head’ on the subject of Gray
-Rocks, I must admit that I, too, have one in mine,” replied Vance.
-
-The blush that overspread Virginia’s face suggested that she felt
-keenly the rebuke.
-
-“Pardon me, Mr. Gilder,” said she, “I had forgotten that I am not
-‘my brother’s keeper’. I promise never to refer to the subject
-again.”
-
-That evening, after Vance had taken leave of Miss Virginia Bonifield, he
-experienced a strange unrest and dissatisfaction, and while he did not
-admit it to himself, the glamour of his day-dreams had been broken.
-
-8139
-
-Presently, as he walked along, the face of Louise came before him,
-and, in a moment, he forgot his unsatisfactory evening; forgot hope’s
-broken glamour, and basked again in the alluring belief that the future
-held no clouds for him.
-
-It was late when he reached the hotel.
-
-Looking through the window, he saw old Dick Ballard, who was alone in
-the barroom entertaining himself with an evening drill.
-
-He carried a long, iron poker at “carry arms,” and was marching back
-and forth with military tread. Arriving at the end of the room, he would
-call out “Halt! About face! March!”
-
-Vance was very much amused at old Dick Ballard’s pantomime drill,
-but finally opened the door and walked in. The transformation scene was
-wonderful. Old Dick [132] Ballard was vigorously poking in the stove,
-notwithstanding it was a July night.
-
-“Hello, Mr. Gilder,” said he, looking up, “I saw a mighty big rat
-run in this stove a minute ago, and I am after it.”
-
-“Better charge your entire militia company on the enemy,” said
-Vance, laughing.
-
-“Oh, you saw me, did you,” said Ballard. “I was jes’ drillin’
-up a little for dress parade. Well, pardner, I’ll set ‘em up, and
-you say nothin’ about it.”
-
-Vance declined to be entertained, but Ballard drank copiously from his
-ever ready bottle.
-
-“I tell you, Waterville’s got it and no mistake,” said he, putting
-his bottle carefully away.
-
-“Got what,” asked Vance, as he turned to go to his room.
-
-“Got the crack military company of the state,” replied Ballard.
-“You ought to see ‘em drill once. There is nothin’ in New York
-city or anywhere else can tech one side of ‘em for big money.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI.—THE OLD COLONEL’. DISAPPOINTMENT.
-
-9141
-
-HE FOLLOWING [133] morning Vance took the stage for Gold Bluff. As
-he neared that little mining town, he found himself experiencing an
-impatience once more to see Louise Bonifield that was strangely at
-variance with any former sensation of his life. It seemed to him
-the stage coach was traveling at a snail’s pace, and even the good
-natured, “honest intentioned” Steve Gibbons, with all his droll talk
-of frontier adventure, failed to interest him. Arriving at the hotel, he
-found the old miner, Ben Bonifield, waiting for him.
-
-“Am delighted to see yo’, Mr. Gilder; I am indeed, suh. I presume
-yo’r almost famished; pow’ful tiresome ridin’ in a stage coach all
-day, suh. After yo’ have refreshed yo’self, I shall be pleased to
-join yo’ in yo’r room. I have a matteh of vehy great impo’tance to
-discuss with yo’, suh.”
-
-“All right,” said Vance, in his cheeriest tones. “I trust Miss
-Louise is well?”
-
-“Quite well, suh; quite well, thank yo’.”
-
-As Vance ate his supper a satisfied feeling of contentment with the
-whole world intruded itself upon him. His advancement in his profession
-was certainly gratifying. He had received several valuable hints while
-in [134] Butte City in regard to a new silver mining company that was
-about to be organized, in which he was thinking seriously of investing
-a little money. The price was only ten cents a share, which he had been
-assured, on what seemed to him very excellent authority, would be
-worth a dollar a share before twelve months’ time. His investment
-at Waterville was certainly a good one, and he heartily believed Col.
-Bonifield had good news to tell him about Gray Rocks. In addition to
-this, he was once more near Louise, that fair vision of loveliness,
-whose tender blue eyes seemed ever near him. He dropped a coin into the
-hand of the waiter as he rose from the table, and stopped in the hallway
-to caress a lovely little child which he found playing hide-and-seek
-with an older companion, and then made each a present of money with
-which to buy bon-bons. He hummed softly to himself the air of an old
-love song as he went leisurely to his room.
-
-Soon after, he was enjoying a choice Havana with Col. Bonifield sitting
-in a chair opposite him, smoking his briar-root, blowing blue rings
-of smoke leisurely toward the ceiling. Vance was animated, and spoke
-glowingly of the prospects of Waterville. Presently Col. Bonifield said:
-
-“Mr. Gilder, we have reached the 300 foot level, suh,” and then
-lapsed into silence.
-
-“Have you cross-cut into the vein yet?” asked Vance.
-
-“Mr. Gilder,” said the old miner, as he rose from his chair and
-walked back and forth in a stately manner, “we have cross-cut, suh,
-into where the vein ought to have been, but it is not there, suh. I
-must confess to yo’, suh, that I am greatly disappointed, but the
-disappoint [135] ment, I am sure, suh, is only tempoary. Of course it is
-much richer, suh, than it was at the 200 foot level, but it is not rich
-enough, suh, to work, by a pow’ful sight.”
-
-0143
-
-This information was a great disappointment to Vance, for he had fully
-shared the old miner’s belief that they would strike the rich ore at
-the 300 foot level.
-
-“I will admit, Col. Bonifield, that I am somewhat disappointed, and of
-course you are. Under the circumstances, what do you advise?”
-
-[136] “Yo’ honor me, suh, indeed yo’ do, Mr. Gilder, to ask my
-advice, because, suh, I know my advice is good. Whether yo’, Mr.
-Gilder, will so regard it, remains to be seen. If yo’ can furnish
-about four thousand dollars mo’ money, I will start to-morrow
-mornin’ fo’ the 400 foot level, and we will then cross-cut, suh,
-into a vein of pow’ful rich ore. I assure yo’, suh, I never was
-mo’ sincere in my life than I am in makin’ this statement, suh.”
-
-Vance possessed the confidence of youth, and his belief in Gray Rocks
-was not to be shaken at the first disappointment, while before him rose
-up, as from a mist, the pleading face of Louise, and he fancied she was
-asking him to still believe in her father.
-
-9144
-
-He took his check book from his pocket and wrote a check for $4,000, and
-signing it, handed it to the old miner, saying: “How long, with the
-present force of men, will it take to reach the 400 foot level?”
-
-“My dear Mr. Gilder,” said the colonel, accepting his check, and
-clasping his hand, “yo’ quite ovehpow’r me, yo’ do indeed, suh.
-Yo’ may have been bawn in the nawth but yo’ are a Virginian still
-at heart, with the warm blood cou’sin’through yo’r veins I
-think, suh, that within three or fou’ mouths we can reach the fou’
-hund’ed foot level. I told yo’r father that Gray Rocks was a sure
-winner, and I am proud, suh, to repeat the statement to you.”
-
-“I don’t know,” [137] said Vance, “whether you will strike it at
-the four hundred foot level or not, but I assure you, Colonel Bonifield,
-that I have every faith in your sincerity, and I am anxious to develop
-the mine as rapidly as possible. If my investment should prove a total
-loss, I assure you I would never hold you responsible.”
-
-“I am gettin’ along in years, Mr. Gilder,” said the Colonel,
-“and while I have not struck it yet, I have every confidence, suh,
-that we will if we stay by Gray Rocks. My little Louise, of cou’se,
-was disappointed like myself. We both feared, suh, yo’ would be veihy
-much disappointed; and I assure yo’, suh, we cared a great deal mo’
-about yo’r disappointment than we did about our own. To tell yo’ the
-truth, suh, that little girl of mine had mo’ faith in yo’r looking
-at this matteh philosophically than I did; but,” continued the
-Colonel, pressing Vance’s hand, “I misjudged yo’, Mr. Gilder, I
-did indeed, suh, and I apologize fo’ it.”
-
-After Colonel Bonifield had taken his departure, Vance commenced looking
-over his accumulated mail. The first thing that claimed his attention
-was a copy of the Banner containing his article, “Two Honorable
-Exceptions.” He read it carefully through again with evident pride.
-Not a word or a single sentence had been cut out. This was gratifying
-to him, and seemed proof that the managing editor had confidence in his
-ability to select the wheat from the chaff. He laid down the paper and
-began opening his letters. Presently the song he was humming died on his
-lips. He sat upright and stared at a letter which he held in his hand.
-It read as follows:
-
-Banner Office, New York City.
-
-DEAR SIR:—
-
-I am directed by the managing editor to advise you that your services
-are no longer required. Enclosed find check in payment of your salary to
-date.
-
-J Respectfully,
-
-J. M. M.,
-
-Ass’t Managing Editor.
-
-To Vance Gilder, Esq.
-
-[138] He arose from his chair and rapidly paced the room, while great
-beads of perspiration stood on his forehead. What had he done to merit
-such humiliation? The idea that it might be a practical joke for a
-moment found lodgment in his thoughts, but he quickly dismissed the
-hallucination. Again he took up the paper and re-read the article,
-“Two Honorable Exceptions.” He endeavored logically to think out a
-solution of his dismissal.
-
-8146
-
-The more earnestly he thought over the situation, the more distinctly he
-remembered the prejudiced views the chief seemed to entertain in regard
-to western enterprises and investments. “He certainly wants the
-truth,” soliloquized Vance, “and I will stake my life there is not a
-sentence in this article,” and he struck the paper vigorously with his
-hand, “but what is true. The article might almost be regarded as an
-advertisement for the great mining camp of Butte City, yet it was news,
-and not nearly so strong as it might be and still keep within the bounds
-of truth. The same is equally true as to what I have said in regard to
-the agricultural and other resources of Waterville.”
-
-He sat far into the night, discussing with himself this unlooked for
-calamity. Once, and only once, did the idea occur to him that possibly
-the chief had sent him into the northwest to systematically destroy
-confidence concerning western investments. He was too honorable,
-however, to harbor the thought, and quickly dismissed it as too
-contemptible to be entertained. The only consolation he could find—and
-that was certainly a very [139] meager one—was that in all probability
-a letter of explanation would soon come, that would clear away the
-misunderstanding. In the meantime he would patiently wait, keeping his
-own counsel.
-
-He looked over his check book, and found he had, all told, some six
-thousand dollars to his credit, besides the four thousand dollars he
-had that evening given to Colonel Bonifield. He sat by his window
-and considered the advisability of returning at once to New York and
-demanding an explanation. Such a course would take him away from Gold
-Bluff, from Gray Rocks, and from Louise.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII.—An AWAKENING.
-
-9148
-
-ANCE GILDER [140] was not of a morose nature. The following morning he
-ate as hearty a breakfast as ever, and while smoking his morning cigar,
-acknowledged to himself that he had fallen in love with the picturesque
-scenery of the mountains, rivers, valleys and everything about him
-was restful, while an alluring contentment stole into his heart. He
-congratulated himself that he was far away from the hot and crowded
-metropolis of the Atlantic seaboard. Here, far removed from “the busy
-marts of men,” and the restless commotion of commerce and traffic, he
-could rest and wait.
-
-The day passed quickly by; the afternoons and evenings usually in the
-society of Louise. They were bewildering days in their completeness. The
-night claimed the day all too soon when in her society.
-
-He was surprised, after the first shock of disappointment had passed
-away, to find how indifferent he was becoming in regard to the loss of
-his position on the Banner.
-
-One morning he awakened to a keen sense of incompleteness where
-completeness had dwelt. Also around Gold Bluff, he [141] covered a vein
-of discontent where contentment had reigned supreme. His love of the
-mountains, the rivers, and the picturesque scenery was but a prelude of
-promise, thumbing sweetly of the great, unselfish love awakened in him
-for Louise.
-
-This unrest dated from a certain evening when Louise first sang for him.
-He was quite entranced by the full, rich volume of her contralto voice.
-
-She began by striking the chords in a hesitating way; but presently the
-genius of her musical nature seized her with its wonderful power, and
-she sang with wild abandon:
-
-
-‘We seemed to those who saw us meet
-
-The casual friends of every day;
-
-His courtesy was frank and sweet,
-
-My smile was unrestrained and gay.
-
-
-But yet, if one the other’s name
-
-In some unguarded moment heard,
-
-The heart you thought so free and tame
-
-Would flutter like a frightened bird.”
-
-
-As she sang Vance gave himself up to the intoxication of the moment. His
-soul broke through the barriers and went out to hers, and as the song
-died on her lips, and the music ceased with a few reluctant farewell
-chords, he knew that a great and tender love had sprung up in his
-heart—a love that was not for a day, but for all time.
-
-“Miss Bonifield,” said Vance, with emotion, “you are, indeed, a
-constant surprise to me. Your playing is [142] certainly superb, while
-your voice; not only soft and musical, but has great range. To hear you
-sing fills me with a longing to be a better man.”
-
-“Thank you,” said Louise, “I seldom play or sing excepting for
-papa. Your compliment, however, is highly appreciated.”
-
-“As long as I remain in Gold Bluff I hope I will be privileged in
-hearing you sing occasionally.”
-
-“We will promise not to ostracize you altogether, Mr. Gilder,” said
-Louise, laughingly, “but may I ask how long you expect to remain
-with us?” There was just enough hesitation in the question to suggest
-interest.
-
-“I do not know,” replied Vance. “I presume you think it is strange
-that I have remained as long as I have. To be frank with you, Miss
-Bonifield, I have lost my position on the Banner.”
-
-“Lost your position!” said Louise, with unmistakable concern.
-
-“I am indeed sorry,” replied Vance, “whether it is a misfortune or
-not. I had an offer to-day to take charge of the Gold Bluff Prospector,
-and am thinking seriously of accepting.”
-
-“You quite [143] astonish me,” said Louise, “but I know papa will
-be delighted if you conclude to remain permanently in Gold Bluff.”
-
-“Of course,” said Vance thoughtfully, “there is quite a difference
-between the New York Banner and the Gold Bluff Prospector—one a
-cosmopolitan daily and the other a country newspaper without any special
-circulation. It would only be profitable to me as I increased its
-circulation and its importance to advertisers. I shall not decide for a
-few days. I may [144] receive some explanation from the Banner that will
-put a different light upon my dismissal.”
-
-0151
-
-“I have almost made up my mind that I should like to remain in
-Gold Bluff,” continued Vance, looking inquiringly at Louise. “My
-confidence in Gray Rocks is growing daily, and I believe it is only a
-question of a short time until your father’s efforts will be crowned
-with success.”
-
-“Mr. Gilder,” replied Louise, feelingly, “I thank you for your
-confidence and faith in my father. It seems that nearly every one
-disbelieves in his final success. I cannot tell why, yet my faith
-is unbounded. Even sister Virgie has lost hope, and at times papa is
-greatly discouraged because sister and Aunt Sally talk as they do; but I
-am sure in time he will be able to fully prove how mistaken they are in
-their judgment.”
-
-As Vance rose to go he took her hand and said “Miss Bonifield, you
-certainly are a noble daughter, and your father is pardonable for
-wishing to keep you with him in this western country. I am beginning to
-understand what a great strength and support you must be to him.”
-
-“Thank you,” replied Louise, “I am sure you overestimate the
-assistance I am to my father, but my greatest pride is in doing
-something that will add to his comfort, and I am sure papa cannot want
-me with him more than I wish to remain.”
-
-Vance had become accustomed to Louise’s frankness of speech, yet he
-received a shock that thrilled him with delight when she said, “I
-shall be very happy, Mr. Gilder, if you conclude to remain in Gold
-Bluff. You have no idea how lonesome I should be if you were to go
-away.”
-
-Vance’s heart beat wildly, and something seemed to rise up in
-his throat as he attempted to thank her. The expression of his face
-evidently betrayed his feelings, for she quickly drew away, and with
-a formality that was new to Vance she bowed stiffly and said “Good
-night.” After leaving the Bonifield’s home, he followed the road
-which led up the mountain side toward Gray Rocks. The moon, large and
-round, was just lifting itself above the eastern horizon. He walked on
-past the shaft, where the [145] night force of men were busy working
-away toward the 400 foot level, and soon found himself near the old
-prospect shaft on the Peacock. The valley where the little city of Gold
-Bluff nestled was far beneath him. He saw a light glimmering from one
-of the windows in the Bonifield home, and interpreted it as a beacon of
-hope.
-
-9153
-
-He repeated over and over again Louise’s words relative to his
-remaining in Gold Bluff.
-
-“Yes,” said he, “I will remain, no matter what the explanation may
-be from the Banner office,” and filled with this decision, he returned
-to his hotel.
-
-One evening, about a week after receiving the letter dismissing him from
-the Banner force, the mail brought a copy of that great New York paper.
-Vance eagerly perused it to see if it contained his last communication.
-No, it had been rejected, but in its stead he found an article entitled
-“Two Western Towns.” It was a three-column article devoted to Butte
-City and Waterville. It referred in the most vindictive manner to the
-members of the Waterville Town Company, and classed them as a lot of
-town site boomers. It warned eastern people not to be caught and misled
-by such wildcat speculations as were offered by them in the great Thief
-River Valley.
-
-It said the valley was one immense lava bed, interspersed with
-sage brush thickets, alkali swamps and basalt plains. The wonderful
-water-power, it claimed, was an absolute myth; and, in fact, the printed
-statements in the circulars of these “town boomers” were deliberate
-lies. [146] Another thing which eastern investors should bear in mind,
-the paper went on to say, was the fact that the property which had been
-platted into town lots was still government land. The town company
-had no title, and, perhaps, never would have. It branded the whole
-enterprise as the most gigantic confidence game that had ever been
-perpetrated on an unsuspecting public.
-
-It further said the swindling operations of these irresponsible and
-restless town boomers of Waterville were only exceeded in point of
-adroitness by the mining operations in and around Butte City, Montana.
-The article said the mountain sides at Butte City were perforated with
-prospect holes, where hundreds upon hundreds of thousands of dollars of
-eastern people’s money had been expended by local managers in riotous
-living and debauchery, and claimed that it was a safe estimate to say
-that for every thousand dollars put into prospect shafts in and about
-Butte City, not more than one dollar had been taken out.
-
-It spoke of the inhabitants of both Butte City and Waterville as
-plebians of the lowest sort and condition of life.
-
-The worst cut of all to Vance, however, was the closing paragraph, where
-it stated that it was the habit of promoters of these western towns to
-bribe indiscriminately correspondents of eastern papers, and that many
-were weak enough to fall, which was not only unfortunate for the journal
-publishing these flattering falsehoods, but a base injustice to the
-eastern investor, who was led captive with his savings into
-western “booms” through [147] the machinations of unprincipled
-correspondents.
-
-If Vance had been nonplussed on receipt of the assistant’s letter,
-he was now stunned. He thought very little about his own investment
-in Waterville, but rather, what would his old associates on the Banner
-think of him? He regarded the article as a direct thrust at himself and
-his integrity.
-
-After waiting a few days and receiving no further communication from
-the Banner office, and feeling too much humiliation to write to his city
-friends until time had dulled the blow, he concluded to go to Waterville
-and see if he could not make arrangements with the Town Company whereby
-he could return at once the money invested by his old associates in
-Waterville town lots.
-
-The more he thought over the refuting article in the Banner the more
-indignant he became. “There is not a manufacturer or other institution
-in the east rich enough,” said he to himself, “to stand such
-wholesale boycotting as this western country is constantly subjected to
-by the eastern press. It is not conservatism; it is downright injustice.
-I have not been long in the west, it is true, but my respect for it and
-its people is growing. Even Chicago, with all her greatness, energy and
-achievements, is belittled by the boycotting press of the east!
-
-“By birth I am a Gothamite, and by education I am an eastern man, but
-my patriotism for America and all that is American has never prevented
-me from turning up my trousers when there is a heavy fog in London?”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII.—VANCE RETURNS TO WATERVILLE.
-
-9156
-
-T [148] was on an October morning that Vance started for Waterville. A
-light frost the night before had made the air sharp and crisp. The frost
-disappeared, however, before the genial warmth of the rising sun, while
-the russet leaves grew brownerer and as the wind stirred them, sang
-brokenly of old age.
-
-October is the scenic month in the mountains. You seem to stand in
-Nature’s picture gallery. The box-alder leaves are as changeable in
-color as a blushing maiden. From the low foothills on up the sides of
-the mountains to the timber line, the elms, the box-alders, and poplars
-grow in profusion. The leaves vary in color from the deepest green to
-the brightest scarlet, the most golden yellow, or the somberest brown.
-The colors are intermingled in this gorgeous panoramic scene with a
-charm and beauty that baffles the most skilled artist’s touch to
-reproduce on canvas.
-
-Vance was seated beside Steve Gibbons on the top of the stage coach, as
-they whirled along in meditative silence. The evening before Louise
-had sung for him. It was music fit for the gods—so rich, so deep, so
-plaintively low, so fascinating. He could see her even now, standing
-on the wide old porch as she bade him good-bye. [149] The mild October
-breeze that stirred the ringlets of her golden hair seemed laden with
-worshipers of hope for Vance, the lover, and he interpreted her every
-word and smile as a token reciprocal of his own deep love.
-
-Presently Vance was brought back from his day dreams to the present by
-Steve Gibbons remarking:
-
-“Things ain’t so powerful brisk down at Waterville jes’ now.”
-
-“Why, how is that?’ asked Vance.
-
-“Oh, I dunno,” replied Gibbons, as he waked up his leaders with a
-spirited crack of his whip, “can’t say jes’ what is the matter.
-But I can tell ye one thing, pardner,” he went on, “I’m mighty
-glad I’m not in the real estate business. In my opinion, them real
-estate agents down thar will be jumpin’ sideways for a sandwich before
-the winter’s over.”
-
-Vance was noticeably depressed by Gibbons’ remarks. He was going
-to Waterville for the express purpose of disposing of his New York
-friends’ property, in which they had invested on his recommendation.
-He cared very little about his own investment. He was willing to wait,
-or even to lose it all, if he could only prevent them from sustaining
-loss on their purchase.
-
-It was late that night when they reached Waterville. Vance was delighted
-to find that Homer Winthrop was registered at the hotel. They met the
-following morning at the breakfast table. The conduct of the usually
-polite and entertaining Winthrop was changed to a sternness for which
-Vance was at a loss to account. As they arose from the table, Vance
-went out with Winthrop and asked him how he was progressing in the lot
-selling business.
-
-“How am I progressing?” repeated Winthrop, as he [150] turned and
-looked coldly at Vance. “I am through. I have left Butte City for
-good.”
-
-“Why, how is that?” asked Vance in some surprise. Winthrop was
-silent for a moment, and then replied: “It is rather strange, Mr.
-Gilder, for you to ask such a question after writing the article you
-did for that New York paper. The Inter Mountain Blade and the Butte
-City Miner both copied the letter. It is hardly necessary for me to
-observe,” he went on, “that it rendered it impossible for me to sell
-another lot in Butte City. Those who had purchased became so infuriated
-that I deemed it best for personal safety to leave the town.”
-
-Saying this, Winthrop turned abruptly and left Vance, who was for a
-moment unable to make a reply. Homer Winthrop’s words both astonished
-and chilled him.
-
-A little later he visited the Town Company’s office, where he found
-Marcus Donald, the resident director, and Homer Winthrop in deep
-consultation. Donald was a man of commanding presence. His associates
-often remarked that Marcus Donald’s face was worth $10,000 in
-an important trade of any kind. He was dignified and commanding in
-appearance, and when one talked with him, the most skeptical fell
-into the habit of believing every word that fell from his lips. Vance
-discovered that he was not wanted, but he determined to vindicate
-himself, and said:
-
-“Gentlemen, pardon me for interrupting, but I must ask your indulgence
-for a few moments. I wish you would read this article. I am humiliated
-enough without any further complications or misunderstandings.”
-
-He handed [151] Marcus Donald a copy of the Banner. Donald adjusted his
-gold-rimmed spectacles and read aloud the entire article, “Two Western
-Towns.” When he had concluded, Vance turned toward Winthrop.
-
-“Is that the letter you referred to?”
-
-0159
-
-“Why, yes,” said Winthrop, “but how is this?” said he, picking
-up the paper. “The Butte City papers published only that part of the
-article referring to Waterville; but how came you to write such a letter
-at all, Mr. Gilder? You certainly know there is not a syllable of truth
-in it from beginning to finish.”
-
-Vance looked first at Winthrop and then at Donald, [152] and replied,
-“I did not write it.” He then proceeded to give them a history of
-his dismissal.
-
-“This was written,” tapping the paper with the back of his hand,
-“evidently to counteract the influence and effect of what I had
-written the week before.”
-
-“Of course that puts it in a different light,” said Donald, rising
-and extending his hand to Vance. “I could not believe it possible that
-you, Mr. Gilder, could be guilty of writing such a libelous article as
-this is.”
-
-Winthrop also accepted the explanation as eminently satisfactory, and
-sympathized with Vance in the loss of his position on the great New York
-daily.
-
-“It has completely killed the lot selling business for me in Butte
-City,” said he, “but fortunately for us, we have made some very
-excellent sales during the past few weeks, and the Town Company’ has
-sufficient money in the treasury to pay all its debts, and the last
-obligation will be paid off before twelve o’clock to-day.”
-
-“Yes,” said Marcus Donald, “they will all be paid off, but it will
-leave the treasury in a depleted condition; but the future, I
-believe, is all right. I hope you will not lose faith, Mr. Gilder, in
-Waterville’s prospects.”
-
-“No,” said Vance, “I have unbounded faith in Waterville, but I
-would like very much to have the Town Company, if possible, return the
-$2,500 which I invested for my New York friends. It would save me much
-embarrassment if I could return them their money’. They doubtless know
-I have been dismissed from the force, and have read this last article,
-which puts an entirely’ different coloring on this western country’
-from what I represented.”
-
-[153] “You must know,” said Winthrop, “that what you seek is next to
-impossible. The money has been paid into the treasury, and no difference
-how friendly I personally feel toward you, or how much the resident
-director, Mr. Donald, may wish to return the money, it cannot possibly
-be done without an action of the directors.”
-
-At this juncture, Marcus Donald invited Vance to take a scat by his
-desk, and he would explain to him carefully and fully the situation, and
-believed he could prove to him conclusively why he was acting for his
-New York friends’ best interests in leaving the investment as it was.
-
-8161
-
-Donald produced a great many maps and carefully spread them out on the
-table, adjusted his spectacles carefully, and with his $10,000 face
-looked squarely into Vance’s, and proceeded to go over the old, old
-story of the unlimited natural resources of the valley. He discussed at
-length, and in a very entertaining and convincing manner, the number
-of acres of land already in cultivation, the probable annual increase
-acreage of farm land; figured out results that amounted to millions of
-dollars. He then carried Vance from one side of the map to the other,
-up to the top, then down to the bottom and back again to the point where
-they had first started; indeed, he quite enthused Vance in regard to the
-future prospects and final outcome of Waterville.
-
-He also confirmed Winthrop’s statement in regard to their inability
-to take any money out of the treasury for [154] the purpose suggested
-without first having an action of the directors.
-
-“I advise you to write to your New York friends,” continued Donald,
-“and tell them their investment is all right, if—mark, I say
-if—they have the nerve to stay with it a year or such a matter. Of
-course this article in the Banner hurts us immensely. It is simply
-a highhanded piece of boycotting; but the west has received similar
-injustice at the hands of the great New York dailies times without
-number in years gone by.”
-
-Acting on Marcus Donald’s advice, Vance wrote a letter that day to
-his New York friends, and afterwards felt better for having done so. He
-determined to remain a week or two at Waterville, and see if there was
-any demand for real estate. Before many days, he began to understand the
-wonderful, far-reaching effects of the late article in the Banner. Rival
-surrounding towns copied it, and with double-leaded editorials called
-attention to a town that had over-reached itself. They denounced the
-various members of the Waterville Town Company as villainous sharks, and
-predicted that the boom had been pricked with a needle that would let
-all the wind out of it.
-
-The transient class of real estate agents and hangers-on, who had been
-doing a rather thriving business, said, “Boys, this ends it,” as
-they blew the foam from their glasses of beer, “we might as well go
-somewhere else as wait and see the dog-fennel grow in the streets of
-Waterville.”
-
-One day Vance called on J. Arthur Boast at his office. He found him
-as elegantly dressed as ever, and engaged in tying up bundles of legal
-papers, deeds, contracts, etc. [155] “Are you getting ready to move away
-from Waterville?” asked Vance.
-
-“No, I am not going away; that is, not permanently,” replied Boast,
-as he stooped to brush a speck of dust from his highly polished shoes,
-“but I do not presume we will have any use for deeds or contracts for
-some time to come, and I am therefore putting them away out of the dust
-until the boom opens up again.”
-
-“You talk a little discouragingly,” said Vance.
-
-“Discouragingly!” said Boast, as he seated himself on the table in
-front of Vance. “Discouragingly! Why, didn’t I tell you the Town
-Company would ruin Waterville? I was away only two weeks visiting, as
-you know, at Gold Bluff, but while I was gone they inflated prices of
-property; made promises right and left that were quite impossible for
-them to fulfill. The newspapers all over the country are denouncing
-them, and the result of it is that Waterville is dead! I say dead, and I
-mean dead, and all on account of the Town Company.”
-
-“Do you suppose,” asked Vance, “that you could possibly’ sell my
-twenty-five lots?”
-
-Boast looked absently’ out of the window and said, “I might sell
-them in time by putting them on my special bargain list.”
-
-“At what price?” Vance ventured to ask.
-
-“Let me see,” said Boast, “you paid $2,500 for them, did you
-not?”
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance.
-
-“Oh, well,” said Boast, “I might be able to get $500 for them, but
-it would be a pretty green sort of a tenderfoot that I could load them
-on at even that price. But what’s the use,” said he, facing around
-toward Vance [156] and still sitting on the table, “what’s the use
-of losing your nerve? Within one or two years Waterville will be all
-right. She can’t be kept down. She has natural resources; the richest
-farm lands in the world; the greatest water power of any inland city in
-the United States; marvelous veins of coal; inexhaustible quarries
-of rock; unsurpassed forests of timber; and abundance of water for
-irrigating purposes.
-
-8164
-
-Why, dang it, old fellow,” said he, slapping Vance on the shoulder,
-“Waterville s all right. All you’ve got to do is to hold on to your
-nerve and your lots, and you will come out on top.”
-
-“That’s all very well,” replied Vance, “but the ray of hope you
-hold out is too far away to be very satisfactory at the present time.”
-
-“Every tenderfoot,” replied Boast, “needs a certain amount of
-experience in order to acclimate him to this western country. Your
-experience is just now beginning. After a little Colonel Bonifield
-will strike it rich on Gray Rocks, Waterville will also come out of the
-kinks, and there you are, a rich man. By the way, the Colonel must be
-pretty well along toward the 400 foot level, Waterville will also come
-out of the kinks, and there you are, a rich man. By the way, the Colonel
-must be pretty well along toward the 400 foot level, is he not:”
-
-“I believe he is making very satisfactory progress,” replied Vance.
-
-“If the old man should strike it rich,” said Boast, “I would not
-mind connecting myself with his family. Of course, I am not so hard to
-please as you New York fellows.” He looked archly at Vance and smiled
-wickedly as he made this remark.
-
-Vance was indignant at the cold-blooded insinuation of Boast, and
-replied: [157] “While you may have no objections, I don’t doubt you
-will meet some pretty knotty ones before you succeed in winning Miss
-Bonifield.”
-
-“Possibly,” replied Boast, coolly. “Nevertheless, if the old
-Colonel strikes it in Gray Rocks, it’s worth a trial, anyway; but
-come, there’s no use in quarreling over something that hasn’t
-happened, or being down-hearted about a busted boom, so long as a fellow
-has a bottle of red liquor.”
-
-Vance did not wait for him to go through the ordeal of condemning
-himself as a drunken profligate, but let him to finish tying up his
-papers and drink the contents of his bottle alone.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX.—THE INDIGNATION MEETING
-
-9166
-
-ANCE had [158] been in Waterville something over a week, and his
-enthusiasm was noticeably subdued. One evening he discovered that a
-great many citizens were assembling in the Town Hall. He joined the
-crowd, and found it was composed of representative of nearly every
-family in Waterville.
-
-The meeting was called to order with J. Arthur Boast in the chair. It
-was an indignation meeting. Instead of huzzaing for the Waterville
-Town Company, its members were being vigorously denounced. A speaker
-addressed the chair, and among other things said:
-
-“Where is our sash, blind and door factory? Where is our foundry?
-Where is our woolen mill? Where are our canning factories? Where is our
-great smelting plant, and other manufacturing enterprises which have
-been promised us by the Waterville Town Company? When we see anything
-in a newspaper we have a right to believe what it says. Outside of
-Waterville, the newspapers claim the members of the Waterville Town
-Company to be a lot of restless town site boomers. I believe what I see
-in the papers. The dog-fennel is already growing in our streets—our
-town is dead; not one stranger in a week alights from the train at
-Waterville. [159] We have been deceived, and it is now time for an
-indignant community to assert its rights, take the reins of government,
-so to speak, in our own hands, and give the Waterville Town Company to
-understand that no more bonds of any kind will be voted or subsidies
-given.”
-
-A number of other speakers expressed themselves in bitter terms against
-the Waterville Town Company. The chairman, J. Arthur Boast, finally
-addressed the meeting, and with his thin, piping voice advise
-moderation.
-
-He said it was true that, during his absence, prices had been
-unfortunately inflated, and a reaction had set in. He reminded his
-hearers that he was still in the real estate business, and by listing
-their property with him he would try to put it on his “special bargain
-list,” and thought possibly he could, in time, re-establish confidence
-and create a new era of activity in the real estate business.
-
-Boast was very careful not to openly charge the depression in Waterville
-to anyone in particular, but his insinuations left no room to doubt he
-meant the Waterville Town Company.
-
-It seemed to be the sense of the meeting that retrenchment was in order.
-One speaker advised the closing of the public school. The suggestion
-seemed to meet with favor. Old Dick Ballard pushed his way through
-the crowd, and addressing the chairman, begged the crowd to listen to
-reason. “You know,” he continued, “that I’m your school director
-in this township. The office sought me; I didn’t seek the office.
-Retrenchment in any other line exceptin’ the closin’ down of our
-public school is, perhaps, all right; but do not take a step backward.
-Our public school system is our pride, and should appeal to the
-patriotism of every one here.” [160] In conclusion, he offered to give
-an entertainment with his State Militia Company for the benefit of the
-public school of Waterville. Hi is remarks would probably have been
-effective had not a fiery speaker followed him and advanced the idea
-that by discontinuing the public school it would be a direct rebuke to
-the Waterville Town Company.
-
-“Let it be noised abroad,” said he, “that the residents of
-Waterville refuse to pay any school taxes, and then the Waterville town
-Company will begin to understand that we must be consulted, or we will
-thwart their schemes of booming this town. All they care for, anyway, is
-the money there is in selling town lots.”
-
-The speaker then asked Dick Ballard how much money was in the
-teacher’s fund of the school treasury. Ballard said he did not know,
-but he could find out in a day or two. The speaker then addressed the
-chair, and said:
-
-“I move you, sir, that it is the sense of this public demonstration
-that we quit paying taxes to support a public school in Waterville, and
-when the funds now on hand are exhausted that our school be closed.”
-The motion almost unanimously prevailed. There were a few feeble
-protests, but they were not recognized by the presiding officer.
-
-A little later Vance felt some one plucking at his sleeve, and old Dick
-Ballard motioned him to follow.
-
-“Now, sir,” said Ballard, in a deep whisper when they were alone,
-“there is some mighty important work to be done. Be in the parlor
-of my hotel in half an hour from now. Say nothin’.” At this Dick
-Ballard, with a mysterious look on his face, turned and hurried away.
-
-A little later Vance walked over to the hotel and found [161] Dick
-Ballard, Homer Winthrop, and Marcus Donald. They apparently were waiting
-for him. Ballard was very careful to lock the door securely.
-
-9169
-
-He then turned and said: “Now, gentlemen, we have business of
-importance on hand. Yes, sir, the time has come for us to act, and act
-promptly. Hold on—just wait a moment until I read you a letter. This
-is private,” said he, tapping a letter which he unfolded with a great
-flourish. “This is from General Ira House, the greatest town builder
-in the world. Now, here’s what he says:
-
-“‘I will settle my board bill, no, hold on; that isn’t the place.
-Here it is: ‘Tell the people to be patient. The darkest hour is just
-before the dawn. Waterville is all right.’.rdquo;
-
-“What do you think of that, gentlemen?” said he, folding the letter
-and putting it into his pocket. “I tell you, General House can come as
-near breakin’ the shell and gettin’ at the meat of the kernel as
-any man I ever knew’. He’s brainy, and no mistake. Our citizens
-are excited,” Ballard went on, “and in their excitement they are
-foolish. They’re attemptin’ to bite the hand that is feedin’ us
-all. ‘The Town Company has made this town. I address my remarks, Mr.
-Gilder, to you. Modesty forbids, sir, that I should say to my friends,
-Mr. Donald and Mr. Winthrop, that which I unhesitatingly proclaim to an
-outside party. Now let me ask, Mr. Gilder, if I didn’t tell you long
-ago that the members of the Waterville Town Company were the brainiest
-men this country had ever produced?”
-
-[162] “I believe you made that remark,” replied Vance.
-
-0170
-
-“Yes, sir, and I am proud to repeat the statement, and in the letter
-which I have just read to you I have the evidence, the prima facie
-evidence, that Watcrville is only restin’, as it were, preparatory to
-enterin’ the free-for-all hurdle race, and makin’ the fastest time
-on record. Yes, sir, her time will be a record breaker, and she will
-distance all would-be competitors, notwithstandin’ the slanderous
-[163] and libelous articles now goin’ the rounds in the press.’
-
-“We now,” continued Mallard, “are a ways-and-means committee. The
-closing of our public school would indeed be a calamity. They asked me
-over at the town meetin’ how much money was in the school treasury. I
-told them I didn’t know. I beg you gentlemen’s pardon for my reply,
-I do know. There is not a cent. I was forced into the awkward position
-of tellin’ a falsehood for the good of my adopted city, Waterville.
-Now, gentle men, what do you advise?”
-
-“I think,” said Donald, “that our taxpayers proper are not
-objecting to the expense of our public school. The Waterville Town
-Company owns fully three-fourths of all the property in Waterville,
-and we want the school to go on. The citizens who are the loudest in
-denouncing the expense, and calling most vigorously for retrenchment, as
-a matter of fact, do not pay a penny of tax.”
-
-“You’re right,” said Dick Ballard, glowingly, “that’s the
-talk! There’s argument in your remarks, Mr. Donald, and if I had them
-printed on dodgers I would regard it as a personal privilege to deliver
-copies to members of my State Militia Company, and issue a general order
-to have them distributed over the entire town.”
-
-“I wish to call your attention to one thing,” continued Ballard.
-“No member of my State Militia Company voted to discontinue our public
-school; no, sir, not one.”
-
-Winthrop was called on for remarks, and observed that the demonstration
-was a hasty action that would not be approved, probably, by the people
-themselves on mature reflection. [164] “A few weeks ago,” he went on,
-“these same people were hurrahing; for the Waterville Town Company.
-They expect us to perform wonders in a few weeks’ time, that in
-reality require months, and even years. I fully believe the present
-depression will be followed by a healthy activity that will satisfy the
-most pronounced pessimist in Waterville.”
-
-“Gentlemen.” said Dick Ballard, “there are four of us. Miss
-Virginia Bonifield is a most exemplary young lady, while, as a teacher,
-she is without a peer. I stand ready to pledge myself for one-fourth of
-her salary. Her salary for the entire year is $500.
-
-“Put me down for one fourth,” said Vance.
-
-“I will gladly pay one fourth,” said Marcus Donald, “and my check
-is ready at any time.”
-
-“Count me in on the deal,” said Homer Winthrop “Just one thing,
-gentlemen,” said Dick Ballard, “I am pretty well acquainted with
-Miss Virginia Bonifield.
-
-9172
-
-She posseses the spirit of independence to a very large degree. She is,
-indeed, the daughter of her father, Colonel Bonifield. If she knew that
-her salary was comin’ from a private source, why, you could not get
-her to touch a dollar of it, therefore I think it best to consider this
-compact and agreement strictly confidential.”
-
-Dick Ballard’s views met with the approval of his associates, and then
-the conversation became general. Vance inquired when the Town Company
-would probably hold another meeting.
-
-[165] “Not for some time, from present indications,” replied Winthrop.
-
-“No,” replied Marcus Donald, “I have to-day received a letter
-from Colonel Alexander, and he says it will be necessary, on account of
-pressing business in the Wharfage and Dockage Company down on the Gulf
-coast, to defer holding another Town Company meeting for some months.
-The only thing we can do,” continued Donald, “is to keep a good grip
-on our holdings here and wait. The dark days will roll by like so
-many clouds and the sun will shine again. Waterville will be in the
-ascendency. Strangers will be coming in, bringing money for internal
-improvements; this great valley will be settled up, and successful
-activity, in my judgment, will take the place of the present unfortunate
-depression.”
-
-Vance continued his stay in Waterville several days longer than he had
-at intended. His frequent consultations with Horner Winthrop and Marcus
-Donald led him to believe they were two of the most honorable men he had
-ever met. Possibly they were wrong in their judgment about Waterville,
-but they certainly were sincere. They seemed like men who had been
-fighting for a goal against bitter odds. The goal was finally reached
-when the last obligation of the Waterville Town Company had been paid.
-They were left practically penniless, or at best, with very little
-money; yet they were content to wait until time should lift then out of
-the trough of the sea upon the waves of commercial activity again, which
-they fully believed would come.
-
-When Vance started for Gold Bluff, he said he might see them again in
-a couple of weeks, and again, he might [166] not see them for a year or
-longer. He was wholly undecided what to do.
-
-Arriving at Gold Bluff in the evening, Vance made a hasty toilet and
-called upon the woman he secretly loved so devotedly. She welcomed him
-warmly. Soon after, they were seated in the little parlor where Vance
-had spent so many happy evenings.
-
-The Colonel greeted him enthusiastically.
-
-8174
-
-The open grate was crackling and burning cheerily with a bright wood
-fire, and seemed to add warmth to the welcome extended.
-
-“Am delighted to see yo’, Mr. Gilder, I am indeed, still. We have at
-last reached the 400 foot level. Tempo’ary embarrassments will soon be
-relegated into antiquity, yes, suh; a few days longer, a few days mo’
-of waitin’, suh, and the struggle for a livin’ will be oveh with. No
-matteh how much we may fight against it, we are bound to be wealthy. Of
-cou’se it’ll take a few days yet, but only a few.”
-
-It was evident that the Colonel was greatly in earnest. It was a welcome
-hope to Vance. He briefly related to the Colonel and Louise concerning
-the depression at Waterville, but that he still had hopes that
-eventually—he did not pretend to say exactly when, but some time in
-the future—his investment in Waterville town lots would turn out all
-right.
-
-“On gen’al principles,” said Colonel Bonifield, “I am not
-favo’able to real estate spec’lations. I presume, suh, the reason
-is I know so vehy little about them, but when [167] it comes to a mine,
-suh,’.pecially like Gray Rocks, I inva’ably know, suh, what I am
-talkin’ about. Louise,” said the Colonel, looking at his daughter,
-“let us have some music. I see Mr. Gilder is vehy tired, and we will
-talk no mo’ business this evenin’.”
-
-Louise opened the piano and sang for them. There was a plaintive
-sweetness in the girl’s voice that made Vance’s heart pulse with
-delicious contentment. Hope played back and forth among the chords as
-the music swelled and surged in sweet, symphonious strains. While she
-was singing, he felt how easy it would be to declare his love, but when
-she had ceased, and the last vibrations of music had died away, he knew
-he lacked the courage.
-
-Vance would be called a brave man in the daily walks of life, and yet,
-as Louise’s lover, he was the most arrant of cowards.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX.—THE STAGE IS ROBBED.
-
-9176
-
-HE [168] next morning Vance met his old acquaintance, Hank Casey.
-
-“Good morning, Mr. Casey,” said Vance, cheerily.
-
-“Hello, pardner,” was the laconic and somewhat dejected reply.
-
-“I haven’t seen you for some time,” said Vance.
-
-“No, I’ve been prospectin’ round these ‘ere diggin’s, but I
-guess I won’t stay much longer. The court decided agin Steve Gibbons
-an’ me. I think I’ll go back to Butte City afore long. She’s the
-pertest minin’ camp in the ‘hull country.”
-
-“You say the court has decided against you?” repeated Vance.
-
-“Yes,” he replied, “Steve Gibbons an’ we had a law suit agin’
-Rufus Grim over the Peacock. B. Webster Legal is a pretty cute lawyer,
-an’ for a time he made it bilin’ hot for old Grim, but somehow on
-the show-down we got done up. It don’t make much difference how cute a
-feller’s lawyer is, when the court’s prejudiced all out o’ shape.
-I sometimes think old Grim has a ‘nuf sight better title to the court
-of this ‘ere district than he has to the Peacock mine.”
-
-“Your friend Gibbons,” said Vance, “told me sonnies [169] thing of
-this law suit, and I rather expected, with the assistance of an attorney
-like B. Webster Legal, you would succeed in establishing your claim. You
-have my sympathy if an injustice has been done you.”
-
-“Oh, it wa’n’. no fault of Lawyer Legal, I can tell you, he’s
-a hummer, and a mighty social chap in the bargain; but this ‘ere game
-isn’t played to a finish yet, pardner, not by several great, big moves
-on the chess board. You see, we’ve appealed it to the higher courts,
-but they’re so dangnation slow that a feller had better get a hustle
-on hisself while he’s waitin’ for a decision or he’ll starve.
-When old Grim has his neck broken, honest people may then get their just
-deserts.” He seemed dejected, and soon after took his leave, saying
-that he was going into the mountains to do a little prospecting.
-
-The Peacock mine was constantly increasing its output of the yellow
-metal. Nearly every stage carried shipments of gold bullion to the
-mints. Rufus Grim was growing richer and more pompous. His satellites
-and admirers noticeably increased after the courts had decided in his
-favor.
-
-In the meantime the pumps in Gray Rocks had broken down and delayed the
-work several weeks. Vance was in a state of feverish anxiety. He longed
-to be relieved from the mental strain and know whether he was a half
-owner in a gold mine that produced in paying quantities, or only a half
-owner in a worthless shaft in the mountain side.
-
-He retired one evening at an early hour, tired out and thoroughly
-disgusted with his achievements in the west. He was awakened about two
-o’clock in the morning by a great commotion going on below. Hastily
-dressing himself, he went down to the bar-room, where he found
-everything was wild with excitement. [170] The stage coach had
-been robbed, and it was reported that Steve Gibbons was dead. Hasty
-preparations were being made to form a posse and start in pursuit of the
-highwaymen.
-
-9178
-
-The express company had some heavy consignments of gold bullion sent
-from the Peacock mine, and it was reported missing. Vance signified his
-willingness to join in the pursuit, and was furnished with a horse, and
-soon after they started pell-mell down the mountain road from Gold Bluff
-in the direction of Waterville, to the point where the robbery had taken
-place.
-
-Rufus Grim offered $1,000 for the capture of the perpetrators, which,
-together with a large sum offered by the express company, stimulated a
-feverish interest in the chase.
-
-The sun was just coming up when they reached the place where the robbers
-had sallied forth from a neighboring mountain gorge the morning before
-and committed their lawless work. About two miles beyond, they found the
-only two passengers of the ill-fated stage coach. A gentleman and his
-wife from the east had been visiting Colonel Boast, the rich rancher
-who lived near Gold Bluff, and were returning to their eastern home. The
-gentleman had been relieved of his wallet, containing some $2,000, also
-his watch, diamond pin, and his wife of her jewelry. They were left in
-a destitute condition, and were waiting to take the next stage back to
-Gold Bluff to secure such aid from Colonel Boast as would enable them to
-continue their homeward journey.
-
-They said there were [171] five of the robbers. When they commanded
-Steve Gibbons to stop, he whipped up his horses, and received a bullet
-through his body for his attempted bravery. He fell from the stage coach
-and sustained serious injuries.
-
-0179
-
-The robbers quickly stopped the horses, relieved the two passengers
-of their possessions, secured the express matter and started for the
-mountain wilds, taking with them the four dapple-gray horses that Steve
-Gibbons had prided himself so much in driving.
-
-Gibbons had been carefully cared for by the mountain rancher and his
-wife, where the two passengers were [172] stopping. A physician had been
-sent for and dressed his wounds. He said Gibbons would get well; the
-bullet had struck a rib and glanced off.
-
-After learning these meager details, the posse pushed on into the
-mountains in hot pursuit. They were under command of the sheriff of the
-county. The trail of the desperadoes was easily followed. Along in the
-afternoon, the sheriff called a halt for refreshments. The horses were
-tethered with lariats to some trees that grew near a mountain stream,
-and permitted to graze while the men refreshed themselves with lunches
-which they had brought along.
-
-“We’re twenty-four hours behind the rascals,” said the sheriff,
-“and I don’t know whether we’ll overtake them or not.” Some of
-the men were eager to go on, and others were ready to give up the chase.
-After a rest of an hour or such a matter, the order was given to again
-mount, and the trail was followed until darkness set in. Sleeping on the
-ground with the starry canopy for a covering was a new experience for
-Vance, but he was determined not to show the white feather. What others
-endured he would endure.
-
-About ten o’clock the next morning, they came to a mountain gorge and
-followed the trail to a point where it seemed quite impossible for a
-horseman to ascend, it was so steep and rugged. The sheriff and a few of
-his men dismounted and went on ahead, looking for the trail. They found
-horses’ tracks, but where could they have gone? The grass was deep and
-heavy in the center of the gulch, and fringed with trees and boulders
-on either side. Finally the sheriff returned and reported the trail as
-lost. [173] “They have evidently come into this ‘pocket’ of a canon
-to throw us off their trail. We will have to return to the mouth of the
-gorge and see in what other direction the trail leads.”
-
-The afternoon was spent in searching for the lost trail. Night overtook
-the party again, and rations were very short. Their meal was a frugal
-one, and far from satisfying the hunger of men who had ridden hard all
-day. The horses were securely fastened and the party lay down to
-sleep. Vance made his bed on some bunch grass that grew under the
-wide-spreading branches of a mountain pine. He could plainly hear the
-rippling of a stream which ran near by, and when deep silence settled
-down over the landscape, save the occasional snort of one of the horses,
-the singing of the stream grew louder and louder. The smell of pine
-added to the deliciousness of his novel and strange surroundings.
-Weariness soon overcame the discomforts of his improvised bed, and he
-sank to sleep. Suddenly he awoke in the middle of the night, but found
-everyone else was deep in slumber, save the two guards that had been
-left on duty a few yards from the camp. The stars were winking at him
-from above; a wolf was howling a dismal cadence, and was answered by
-another far away in a different direction. An owl hooted its discordant
-strain from the dead branch of a tree a short distance away.
-
-He closed his eyes, and thought of the wonderful change that a few
-months had brought into his life; but these thoughts one after another
-vanished; and still other fancies went pell-mell through his imagination
-in the panorama of thought. Presently a face appeared on this mental
-canvas—so sweet, so tender, so trusting, and [174] wreathed in
-that smile he knew so well. He started, opened his eye and murmured,
-“Louise.”
-
-The wolf howled again in the distance, and he thought he detected a
-snappish twang in its concluding barks, and wondered if it foreboded
-danger. Occasionally one of the horses would snort and stamp on the
-ground, and then go on munching, munching, the grass on which they were
-feeding. Finally he dozed again and slept. He thought it was only a
-moment afterward, when someone shook his shoulder and told him to get
-up. He opened his eyes and found it was morning.
-
-He hastily sprang up and found there was considerable excitement among
-his associates. The sheriff was missing. About a half hour later he came
-into camp and said he had been out looking for the trail, but could find
-nothing of it. He said they might as well return home.
-
-Vance was not sorry of this decision, for he was hungry and tired and
-sore. There were mutterings, however, among some of the sheriff’s
-posse, and they whispered among themselves as if they suspected their
-chief of crooked work.
-
-It took them two days to return to Gold Bluff. They found Steve Gibbons
-at the hotel, and able to sit up. The robbers had all worn masks, and
-it was impossible for him to give a description of any of them. The
-representative of the express company was evidently disappointed that
-the sheriff had not been able to find the desperadoes; $10,000 of gold
-bullion had been stolen, as well as other valuable express matter.
-
-A few days later, Steve Gibbons declared that he was able to resume his
-place on the stage coach, but it transpired that two of his bondsmen
-had asked to be relieved [175] This was an insinuation that some one
-regarded him as an accomplice in the unfortunate stage robbery. He
-investigated and found it was Rufus Grim who had advised two of his
-bondsmen to be a little careful. During the day, through Vance’s
-assistance, Gibbons succeeded in giving a satisfactory bond.
-
-That evening, a little the worse for drink, he accosted Rufus Grim at
-the post office, where the Gold bluff villagers were wont to congregate
-on the arrival of the evening coach.
-
-9183
-
-Steve Gibbons was evidently the agressor. “Look’ee here, Mr.
-Grim,” said Steve Gibbons, approaching him, “you’ve been
-interferin’ with me for a good many years, and it’s time you was
-lettin’ up.”
-
-“I don’t know, Mr. Gibbons,” said Grim, “that I have ever
-interfered with you. I have plenty of business of my own to look after,
-without bothering with other people’s.”
-
-“That’s all right, pardner,” said Gibbons, “but there’s
-somebody likely to wish they’d never been born if they don’t quit
-foolin’ with me. You advised some of my bondsmen to take their names
-off from the bond, but I’ve got other friends, and jes’ as many of
-‘em as you have, and don’t you forget it!”
-
-“There must be some mistake, Mr. Gibbons,” said Grim, very coolly.
-
-“I know,” said Gibbons, “jes’ what I’m talkin’ about. You
-have tried to infer that I was mixed up in the robbery of the stage
-coach, and I say you are an unprincipled old scoundrel, and a liar in
-the bargain. If I was as strong as I was before I was shot, I’d maul
-the [176] earth with you. You stole the Peacock mine from Hank Casey
-an’ me, an’ I’ve my suspicions that you bought judge and jury to
-beat us in our law suit.”
-
-One would have thought that Grim would have become very angry, but
-instead, he tried to pacify the irate and angry Steve Gibbons. It seemed
-to anger Gibbons beyond description that he could not disturb the even
-temper of Rufus Grim, and finally, in a burst of anger at Grim,
-Gibbons said: “You’d better have your life insured, old man, for
-somebody’s goin’ to be revenged, and the day of judgment ain’t
-very far ‘way, nuther.”
-
-At this threat, Grim turned quickly and reached for his revolver.
-Gibbons was unarmed. A moment later, Grim seemed to master himself, and
-turning away, walked down the street.
-
-Hank Casey put his arm through Steve Gibbon’s and led him to the
-hotel. Gibbons was hilarious, but Casey felt that in his hilarity he had
-been very indiscreet. The next morning, however, he mounted the stage
-coach on his regular run between Gold Bluff and Waterville.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI.—REACHING THE 400 FOOT LEVEL.
-
-9185
-
-N the [177] excitement incident to Col. Bonifield’s cross-cutting into
-the vein, the stage robbery, and the bewildering evenings spent in the
-society of Louise, Vance quite forgot about his hopes and fears relative
-to his investment in Waterville.
-
-One evening he was out for a walk near the Bonifields’. Louise was
-standing on the porch. He lifted his hat, and she waved a dainty little
-handkerchief, and came down the road to meet him. There was a troubled
-expression on her face which Vance had never seen before. It cut him to
-the heart, and he feared some great calamity had befallen her.
-
-“Mr. Gilder,” said she, after the morning salutation, “my father
-is very despondent this morning, and while he desires greatly to see
-you, yet he is so broken down that I do not know whether he will be able
-to see anyone until this afternoon.”
-
-“Why, what has happened?” asked Vance, in alarm. They were walking
-along toward the Bonifield residence as they talked.
-
-“So you have not heard?” said Louise, looking up with her big, blue
-eyes. Vance looked at her in astonishment. [178] “You have not heard,”
-she repeated, “that they have finished cross-cutting?”
-
-“No,” replied Vance.
-
-“Yes, they have finished the work,” repeated Louise, and then almost
-broke down in tears. He led her to a seat on the broad porch where the
-morning sun shone full and warm, and begged her to calm herself, and
-tell him what had happened to her father.
-
-“Is it not quite enough?” said she, looking up at Vance through her
-tears, “another disappointment is father’s only reward.”
-
-Vance was shocked, for this disappointment meant a great deal to him.
-
-“Is it possible,” he ejaculated, “and your father was so confident
-only the other night!”
-
-“You will not be angry with father?” said Louise, laving her hand on
-Vance’s arm.
-
-“Angry,” replied Vance, “no; why should I be? He and I are jointly
-interested in results. If they are unfavorable, why, he cannot be more
-disappointed than I am. Had he been successful, we would have been equal
-partners as well.”
-
-“Thank you,” said Louise, “I pity my poor father so much.” She
-dried her eyes a little and then went on: “Aunt Sally was so querulous
-with papa last evening when she heard the result, and it made papa very
-unhappy; indeed, he did not sleep any during the night, though I have
-comforted him as well as I could.”
-
-“And have not slept a wink?” said Vance, looking at her keenly.
-
-“How could I, when papa was so troubled?”
-
-Vance was silent. [179] Presently he spoke: “I will confess I never
-was more disappointed in my life. I was so hopeful your father would
-be successful. Mind,” he continued, hastily, glancing at Louise, “I
-attach no blame to him.”
-
-0187
-
-“Thank you,” she murmured, and Vance went on, “No, I do not blame
-him, neither do I blame myself. Hundreds, yes, thousands have pursued
-the same course. Some of them have been successful, and others,
-ourselves included, have not. I regret that your father should [180]
-have spent so many years of his life in that useless prospect shaft.”
-
-“There is hope yet, Mr. Gilder.”
-
-“Hope,” said Vance quickly, “where?”
-
-“The ore,” she continued, “is richer than at the 300 foot
-level.”
-
-“And do you believe—?” commenced Vance.
-
-“Do not ask me, please, Mr. Gilder, what I believe at this time. Mr.
-Grim was here early this morning and left a proposition with papa. He
-has not the heart, he says, to tell you of it, and requested me to do
-so. You know, Mr. Grim,” she continued, “is said to be a very good
-business man. He has examined the ore found at the 400 foot level, and
-says it is much richer than at the 300 foot level. He offers now, if you
-and papa will give him a half interest in the mine, to furnish the money
-to sink the shaft to the 500 foot level.”
-
-“So,” said Vance, reflectively. Presently he said: “If Rufus Grim
-has confidence to go to the 500 foot level, why not your father and
-I?”
-
-“But it will cost $6,000, Mr. Gilder, and neither papa nor I could
-think of asking you to put any more money into Gray Rocks.”
-
-“I do not think your father should take it to heart so; indeed, I do
-not.”
-
-“He does not care for himself, and neither do I care for myself, Mr.
-Gilder, but we do care for you.” Vance started and the blood mounted
-to his face “You have been so kind to my father and placed such
-unbounded confidence in his judgment, and now it seems as if it were
-impossible for him ever to [181] repay you, unless—,” she hesitated.
-
-“Unless what?” asked Vance, impatiently.
-
-“Unless you would be willing to join father in giving a half interest
-in Gray Rocks to Mr. Grim, and let him go on and develop the mine.”
-
-“What does your father advise? What does he say?”
-
-“He wants to go on to the 500 foot level, Mr. Gilder, and says he will
-give his own half interest in Gray Rocks to Mr. Grim rather than let the
-work stop at the 400 foot level. Father believes that at the 500 foot
-level they will strike ore as rich as any that has been discovered on
-the Peacock, and it looks as if Mr. Grim thought the same way, else he
-would not be so willing to advance the money.”
-
-“Have you confidence in Mr. Grim?” asked Vance.
-
-“We have always distrusted him,” replied Louise, “but perhaps he
-is not so bad and mean as we have thought.”
-
-“And do you think,” asked Vance, “that ore will be discovered at
-the 500 foot level?”
-
-“I don’t know,” she replied, “but I hope so.”
-
-“Would it not be better,” urged Vance, “to give it all up and
-leave these wild mountains and return to civilization, so to speak,
-where your father could enjoy the remaining years of his life in peace
-and contentment?” His words were full of earnestness, and he spoke
-with great deliberation.
-
-“If such an opportunity should present itself,” said Louise,
-“I know my father would refuse it, for he is so high-spirited, and
-moreover, he believes that a little more work, and a little more time
-and expense on Gray Rocks, and his prophecy will be fulfilled.”
-
-Vance rose to go, but still lingered near the beautiful [182] girl,
-as if she were a balm to his evident disappointment. Finally he said:
-“You say it will require $6,000. Now, if you had $6,000, Miss Louise,
-and it was every dollar you had in the world, what would you do with
-it?”
-
-“I would sink the shaft on Gray Rocks to the 500 foot level,” she
-replied quickly. “Shall I tell my father,” she asked, as Vance
-started to go, “that you are favorable to Mr. Grim’s proposition?”
-
-“No,” replied Vance, doggedly, “I have no confidence in Rufus
-Grim. You may tell your father that I say not to worry any more. With
-your permission, I will return in a couple of hours, and will then be
-glad to see him.”
-
-Louise seemed ignorant of any knowledge of Vance’s passionate love for
-her. Her mind and thoughts were so entirely in sympathy with her father,
-whom she loved so dearly and so devotedly. As Vance bade her good-bye,
-she took his outstretched hand as if he had been her benefactor, instead
-of only her father’s friend.
-
-“Your judgment,” said Vance, “has decided me; we will go on
-blasting—down, down, down—through solid rock toward an unknown doom.
-How it will end remains to be seen.” Before Louise could make a reply,
-he had turned and walked rapidly away toward his hotel.
-
-Looking carefully over his accounts, he found he still had to his
-credit, in the Chemical National Bank of New York city, barely $6,000.
-He paced the floor for a full half-hour in deep thought. Finally he
-paused and said aloud, “she would advance her last dollar to sink the
-shaft to the 500 foot level—a weak, little, lovely woman, yet stronger
-in her affections and devotion than a regiment of soldiers. Yes, I will
-do it; I will gamble my [183] last dollar—for it is nothing better
-than a gamble, and yet—well, who knows? We may strike it after all.”
-
-He drew a check for the amount, making it payable to Colonel Ben
-Bonifield. Before signing it, he looked at it long and thoughtfully.
-“Why do I do this? Is it my faith in Gray Rocks? No. Is it my faith in
-Colonel Bonifield? No. Is it my faith in Louise? Yes, a thousand times,
-yes.” His hand trembled a little as he signed his name to the check.
-It was the last throw of the dice. He felt that he had in a measure
-passed his word to Louise. There was a question of daily bread that must
-now be solved. The question was immediately ahead of him. He would call
-on Colonel Bonifield and then devote himself to the bread question. Yes,
-he would solve it.
-
-Strong with resolution, and with a judgment sadly warped because of his
-love for Louise, he returned to the Bonifield home. Louise met him at
-the door, and he went with her into the spacious parlor, where a wood
-fire was burning brightly in the open grate.
-
-“I delivered your message to my father,” she said, “and he has
-fallen into a restful sleep.”
-
-“Do not disturb him,” said Vance, “in this envelope is a check for
-$6,000. Tell him to start to-morrow morning for the 500 foot level.”
-
-The impulsive Louise took the proffered envelope from Vance with hands
-that trembled noticeably, while two great tears dimmed her lustrous blue
-eyes. “Why have you done this?” she asked.
-
-It is probable that Vance would then and there have told her why, had
-not Colonel Bonifield appeared in the door. “Mr. Gilder,” said he,
-“Yo’r presence in my house brings sunshine with it. Yo’ know the
-worst. [184] Louise tells me she has informed yo of the unfo’tunate
-geological fo’mation to be found at the 400 foot level in Gray
-Rocks?”
-
-Louise turned from Vance to her father while he was speaking, and buried
-her face on his breast, weeping in stilled sobs. When Colonel Bonifield
-asked her why she was weeping, she handed him the envelope, and pillowed
-her head deeper on his breast. He opened the envelope and carefully
-scanned the check. The old man’s eyes were dimmed with tears of
-gratitude.
-
-9192
-
-One arm was about his daughter, and the other he extended toward Vance,
-who accepted the proffered hand.
-
-“Suh,” said the Colonel, “Yo’ ovehpoweh me with yo’r
-confidence. I have been workin’ away so long on Gray Rocks, suh,
-that I can’t blame my friends if they should lose heart. But, suh,
-somethin’ keeps a tellin’ me that my effo’ts will yet be rewarded.
-Yo’ honor me by sharin’ my confidence in the outcome of Gray Rocks;
-yo’ do, indeed, suh. There’s good blood, Mr. Gilder, cou’sin’
-through yo’r veins, and there’s a crown awaitin’ yo’ when once
-we’ve reached the 500 foot level; yes, suh. I may neveh have mentioned
-it to yo’, but I once told yo’r father that if he would stay by Gray
-Rocks, it would make him a millionaire. I have forgotten whether I ever
-made the obse’vation to yo’ or not, but I wish to assure yo’
-at this time, Mr. Gilder, in the presence of Louise, suh, that yo’r
-confidence in Gray Rocks is well-founded, and she will make yo’ richer
-than all the possessions left yo’ by yo’r worthy father; yes, suh,
-much richer.” [185] Louise dried her tears and soon was cheerful as a
-mountain thrush that had never known a sorrow. The old Colonel declared
-he had never felt better in his life, and that work should be commenced
-early the following morning.
-
-On his way back to the hotel, Vance called at the office of the Gold
-Bluff Prospector.
-
-“Where is your typo?” asked Vance in the course of the conversation.
-
-“Haven’t got any,” replied the proprietor, “he left this morning
-on the stage. We’ll not be able to get out an issue of the paper this
-week unless we find someone that can set type. Say,” said he, “why
-can’t I sell my printing office to you?”
-
-“I’m not able to buy,” replied Vance.
-
-“Well, I’ll lease it to you.”
-
-“On what terms,” asked Vance.
-
-“I’d lease it to you for one year for half its earnings,” replied
-the good-natured proprietor, who never was known to have enough energy
-to walk across the street to solicit an advertisement.
-
-“What will it earn in a year?”
-
-“Oh, twelve or fifteen hundred dollars—subscriptions and
-advertisements. I own the building. I call this the reception and
-editorial room; the other is the composing room, while the one back of
-where we are sitting is where the printer usually sleeps.”
-
-In Vance’s college days, he had been one of the trio who had edited
-a college paper, set their own type, made up their own forms and
-circulated the issue after night, contenting themselves, for a
-compensation, with the general wonderment of their fellow-students as
-to who were the publishers. He felt that he was capable of acting
-as type-setter, as well as writing editorials, on the Gold Bluff
-Prospector. He examined the room designated as the sleeping apartment of
-the printer, and found it comfortable, yet very plain.
-
-He told the proprietor he thought very favorably of his proposition,
-and believed [186] he would accept it. The printing was done on an
-old-fashioned hand press, which would require the assistance of a boy
-for a couple of hours once a week.
-
-9194
-
-Aside from this, Vance believed he was competent to handle all the
-details and labor connected with the paper. Before he retired that
-night, arrangements had all been made, the lease drawn and signed, and
-Vance commenced operations the next morning as the proprietor of the
-Gold Bluff Prospector. He moved his trunk and personal effects into the
-shabby back room, to be used in the future as his sleeping apartment.
-He settled his hotel bill, and found that he had less than $3.00 in his
-pocket on which to begin the struggle for bread.
-
-It was a new experience, not without its novelty and excitement in
-anticipation, however. After he had arranged his room quite tidily,
-he commenced setting type, and smiled good humoredly to himself as he
-thought of the change from the great New York Banner to the Prospector.
-Yes, he had made sacrifices; and would he not willingly make any more
-to remain near the woman he loved with a love that surpasseth
-understanding.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII.—STARTING THE BOOM.
-
-9195
-
-IXTEEN [187] hours a day for three days was Vance’s first experience
-on the Prospector. All day and far into the evening he set type and
-made up forms, until finally the paper was ready to be brought out. It
-contained the retiring proprietor’s bow to the public, and Vance’s
-announcement.
-
-The next evening he called at the Bonifields’. Louise greeted him
-more kindly than ever. The Colonel, after assuring him that excellent
-progress was being made on Gray Rocks, turned the conversation to
-Vance’s new venture.
-
-“Vehy creditable, suh; vehy creditable, indeed,” said he, glancing
-at a copy of the Prospector which he had been reading. “Louise and I
-think yo’ve made an excellent beginnin’, suh, vehy excellent.”
-
-“Indeed we do,” said Louise; “we have often heard, though, that
-editors were quite exclusive, and we didn’t know but that was the
-reason you have not called on us for so long a time.”
-
-“Well, that is the reason,” responded Vance, jestingly. “As
-managing editor of the Prospector, I have been exclusively engaged in
-setting type, making up forms, etc.”
-
-They laughed at Vance’s remark, and complimented [188] him on being
-able to impersonate all the functionaries of a printing establishment.
-In the midst of their conversation, Aunt Sally appeared at the door of
-the parlor, and courtesying low to Vance, said:
-
-“Good evenin’, Mr. Gilder; I ‘low I’ve been wantin’ to sec
-yo’ fo’ some time, suh.”
-
-Vance returned the salutation by rising and bowing politely. As he sat
-down he noticed the Colonel was greatly disturbed, as if he feared a
-storm was approaching.
-
-“Mr. Gilder,” commenced Aunt Sally’, “I consider it my duty to
-inform yo’ that yo’ are makin’ as big a fool of yo’self as my
-brother is of hisself.”
-
-“Come, sister,” said the Colonel, “come, come.”
-
-“Benjamin,” said Aunt Sally, looking hard at him over her
-spectacles, “I shall have my say. I consideh it a duty that I owe Mr.
-Gilder to inform him that he is squanderin’ his money. There is not a
-chance in ten thousand; no, suh, not one, fo’ yo’ to eveh get back
-a penny of the money yo’ve given my brother. Besides, yo’re only
-encouragin’ Benjamin to fool his time away. I have mighty neah worn
-my life out takin’ care of him, Virgie and Louise. Virginia has a good
-deal of sense—a heap mo’, I am proud to say, than Benjamin or Louise
-has.”
-
-“I hope, Mr. Gilder,” observed the Colonel, “that yo’ll remember
-an obse’vation I made some time ago in regard to my sister——”
-
-“What have yo’ been sayin’ about me?” asked Aunt Sally, and
-she looked threateningly at him. The Colonel paid no attention to his
-sister’s remark, and went on:
-
-“Yo’ will remember I obse’ved at one time, suh, that my sister
-was a most ext’ao’dina’y woman; yes, suh, [189] most
-ext’ao’dina’y; she is possessed of a most rema’kable intellect.
-
-0197
-
-There is, however, a slight disagreement in regard to our judgment
-relative to Gray Rocks. She is vehy set in her ways, vehy, indeed; and,
-I am sorry to say, doesn’t share in our belief relative to the final
-outcome of our minin’ property.”
-
-“Benjamin,” said Aunt Sally, still looking at him over her
-spectacles, “it is not a slight difference of opinion; it’s a vehy
-wide one, indeed. If yo’ had a hundred thousand [190] dollars to-day,
-suh, yo’d be grub-stakin’ all the pesky mines in the mountains
-around Gold Bluff; yo’ know yo’ would. There are times, suh, when
-it’s necessary fo’ me to put my foot down, and I ain’t goin’
-to neglect my duty any longer. Mr. Gilder has got to know the true
-situation, and if he has no mo’ sense than to go on givin’ yo’
-money to dig a worthless hole in the earth, why, I’ll wash my hands of
-him, and have the consolation of knowin’ that I told him befo’
-hand what he might expect.” Vance would have been amused, had he
-not observed the pained expression on Louise’s face and the evident
-discomfiture of Colonel Bonifield. In reality, it was an opportune
-time for him to make an observation that he had long wanted understood
-between the Colonel and himself, and therefore he said:
-
-“I am highly honored, Miss Bonifield, by your advice. Your brother,
-the Colonel, has been very enthusiastic in regard to Gray Rocks.”
-
-“Don’t I know it?” interrupted Aunt Sally. “Haven’t I told him
-he was makin a fool of hisself?”
-
-“Well,” continued Vance, “I will not go quite so far in my remarks
-as that, but I will say this—that it would please me very much to have
-the Colonel’s assurance that if he fails to find the wealth he has
-been looking for so many years when the 500 foot level is reached,
-that he will abandon work on Gray Rocks and accept certain offers of a
-pecuniary nature in the east, which I have in mind.”
-
-“Well, if I knew,” replied Aunt Sally, “that there was to be an
-end to this thing, I’d have mo’ patience in waitin’ but my land!
-he no sooner gets to one level than he wants to push on to the next
-hund’ed foot level, and [191] goodness gracious! there’s no end to
-it! Why, if Benjamin had his way, and his life was spared long enough, I
-‘low he’d have a hole clear through the earth!”
-
-The Colonel was noticeably disturbed. He had risen and was walking back
-and forth in a nervous, yet dignified way.
-
-“Yo’r request, Mr. Gilder,” he finally said, “shall be complied
-with, suh, and in complyin’ with it, I hope that I also pacify my
-sister. I give yo’ my word of honor, suh, that when the 500 foot level
-is reached, and we have cross-cut into the vein of wealth that I feel
-positive, yes, suh, positive, is waitin’ to be brought to the light
-of day—if, I say, we should again be disappointed, then I am ready to
-give up my labors on Gray Rocks; yes suh, give up my life’s work.
-Of course, suh, yo’ cannot undehstand and perhaps neveh will, the
-magnitude of this promise.” There were tears in the Colonel’s voice,
-as well as in his eyes, when he ceased speaking.
-
-“Thank the Lord!” exclaimed Aunt Sally, as she raised her hands in
-an attitude of supplication and thanksgiving. “I feel now there’s
-goin’ to be an end of this tomfoolery, and I’ll not say another
-word, nary a word, until the 500 foot level is reached.” She turned to
-Vance as she started to leave the room, and bade him good-evening, and
-assured him that in her opinion she had accomplished a “mighty sight
-of good.”
-
-As soon as the door closed behind her, Vance turned to the Colonel and
-begged him not to take the slightest notice of what his sister had
-said, for he knew her peculiarities and thought nothing of them. He
-also thanked him for his promise. Vance’s words seemed to relieve the
-Colonel greatly, and he became almost himself again [192] before the
-evening was over, and narrated to Vance with a fair degree of enthusiasm
-how nicely the pumps and other machinery in the mine were working.
-
-Afterwards Louise favored them with music, and Vance quite forgot
-himself, so pleasantly was he entertained, until, glancing at his
-watch, he found it was almost eleven o’clock. Soon after, he took his
-departure, and with a light heart wended his way to the printing office.
-
-His infatuation for Louise was of an ennobling character. He was a
-fatalist in this: that he believed when the time came for him to speak
-his heart to her he would have courage to do so, and contented himself
-in loving blindly on.
-
-When he awoke next morning he found a heavy snow had fallen. Nothing
-like it had happened in Gold Bluff before in many years. A great many of
-the mines were necessarily shut down on account of the scarcity of fuel
-to operate the engines. During the next four weeks snows kept falling
-heavier and heavier, and in a measure cut off communication with the
-outer world.
-
-Vance applied himself industriously to his paper, widening
-his acquaintanceship among the people of Gold Bluff, solicited
-advertisements, and succeeded far beyond his expectations.
-
-His friends complimented him on the neat appearance of the Prospector.
-It was filled with excellent reading matter, and its circulation was
-constantly increasing.
-
-Another heavy snow storm during the holidays rendered the roads quite
-impassable and finally work on Gray Rocks was necessarily suspended, nor
-was it resumed until late the following spring. [193] In the meantime
-matters were progressing slowly in the great Thief River Valley. There
-had been no meeting of the Waterville Town Company. Homer Winthrop and
-Marcus Donald regularly opened up the Town Company’s office every
-morning and closed it every evening. Time hung heavy on their hands.
-Thus passed the winter months away in weary waiting for a boom in real
-estate that seemed stubborn and would not come.
-
-Dick Ballard called one afternoon in early April, and suggested that his
-finances were running rather low, and if it would be convenient he would
-like a check for Homer Winthrop’s board.
-
-8201
-
-Winthrop was a proud fellow and disliked to admit that he was, in the
-ordinary parlance, “broke.”
-
-Homer suggested to Ballard the advisability of purchasing a few lots in
-Eagle’s Addition to Waterville. “Or,” said Winthrop, “We can
-let you have a couple of lots adjoining your hotel. You’ve been a good
-friend of ours and we would let you have them cheap, awfully cheap.”
-
-Dick Ballard sat back in his chair, inserted his thumbs in the arm-holes
-of his vest, and said: “Now, lookee here, Winthrop, I have been your
-friend, haven’t I?” Winthrop acknowledged that he had. “I’ve
-been your friend, Mr. Donald, haven’t I?” said Ballard, pointing his
-index finger straight at Donald.
-
-“I think you have,” replied Donald, laughingly.
-
-“Yes, I’ve been Colonel Alexander’s friend; I’ve been General
-Ira House’s friend; I’ve been B. Webster Legal’s friend; in fact,
-gentlemen, I’ve been a friend to the [194] Waterville Town Company
-from start to finish.” He brought his hand clown upon the table
-in front of him with threat vehemence as he made this remark. “Yes
-sir,” he went on, “I have been a friend to you and to your
-enterprise, but when it comes, Homer Winthrop, to selling your uncle
-any Waterville town lots, why, you don’t know me. Oh, no; Dick
-Ballard usually knows which side his bread’s buttered on, and, between
-ourselves, I wouldn’t give you a square meal of victuals for any lot
-you’ve got in Eagle’s addition. No, sir, Mr. Winthrop, money is
-what I want, and pardon me for observing, money is what I, politely,
-but nevertheless firmly, insist that you must produce—if not to-day,
-perhaps tomorrow, and liquidate that little matter of board which has
-now been running for some three months.”
-
-Presently he walked over toward the window and looked wistfully out over
-the sage brush landscape. “The grass is beginin’ to grow,” said
-he, “and I see it is startin’ in the streets as well as on the
-beautiful lots you have for sale. Remember, gentlemen,” said Ballard,
-as he turned and expectorated a vigorous “pit-tew” of tobacco juice
-toward the stove, “what I have said to you never has, nor never will,
-escape the lips of Dick Ballard; no, sir, I’m your friend, but don’t
-try to work me with any town lots in payin’ board bills.”
-
-Winthrop was noticeably’ non-plussed. Donald was laughing contentedly
-and quietly’ to himself at Winthrop’s discomfiture. Ballard looked
-on and chuckled, as much as to say, “I am a heap sight smarter than
-you fellows give me credit for.” Finally he broke the silence by
-suddenly asking:
-
-“Mr. Winthrop, what is your lot worth next to my hotel?”
-
-“Five hundred dollars,” replied Winthrop, looking up.
-
-“I hope you’ll get it,” said Ballard; “yes, I hope you’ll
-sell it for a thousand—but I’ll tell you somethin’,” said he,
-shutting one eye and looking hard at Winthrop with the other, “I
-wouldn’t trade you our militia company’s new snare drum for both
-those condemned lots; no, sir,” and he turned laughingly toward the
-door.
-
-Just here he came face to face with Miss Virginia Bonifield.
-
-Ballard lifted his hat and bowed low, for she was one of his boarders
-who paid promptly. After speaking pleasantly to Marcus Donald and Homer
-Winthrop, she said:
-
-“I am very [195] glad you are here, Mr. Ballard, I want to ask your
-advice.” Dick Ballard was all attention, for if there was any one
-thing he liked to do better than another—barring a drill exercise
-with his state militia company—it was to give advice. Homer Winthrop,
-noticeably confused, pushed the best chair forward and invited Miss
-Bonifield to be seated.
-
-“Thank you,” said she, looking kindly at Homer, who, in turn,
-hushed scarlet. “What I wish to ask is in regard to an investment in
-Waterville.’
-
-“Why, in what way?” asked Dick Ballard.
-
-“In regard to making a purchase of town lots as an investment.”
-
-Ballard coughed immoderately, cleared his throat several times,
-“a-hemmed,” got red in the face, looked helplessly toward Marcus
-Donald, and finally said:
-
-“Nothin’ like it in the world, Miss Bonifield; best investment on
-earth. There’s not another place in the [196] United States will come
-out of the kinks like Waterville. No, sir; if I had a million I’d
-plant every dollar of it in Waterville, every dollar. My land!” said
-he, glancing at his watch, “it is three o’clock! Well, I must be
-goin’.” With this he took up his hat and hastily left the room.
-
-“Is this a map of the town?” asked Miss Virgie Bonifield, rising
-and approaching a map that hung on the wall near where Marcus Donald was
-seated.
-
-“Yes, that is one of the best maps that has ever been gotten out,”
-said Marcus Donald, adjusting his gold-rimmed spectacles.
-
-“And where is Eagle’s Addition?” Marcus Donald pointed it out.
-
-“And what are you selling lots for in that part of town?”
-
-“Well, really, Miss Bonifield,” said Donald, stammering a little,
-“we haven’t been selling very many lots—that is, not recently. I
-will refer you to Mr. Winthrop; he has charge of all such matters, and
-perhaps he can give you better advice than I can.”
-
-“But what do you advise in regard to investments in Waterville?” she
-asked, abruptly.
-
-“Oh, you know we believe in Waterville, Miss Bonifield; we believe it
-is destined to be one of the greatest cities in the United States. Of
-course there has not been any marked activity during the past winter,
-but we are expecting business to open up well, most any time now.”
-
-She turned to Winthrop, and seating herself beside his desk, asked him
-to point out what he considered one of the most desirable corners in
-Eagle’s Addition. Usually Winthrop prided himself on his ability to
-make sales of lots, and he was quite willing to sell to anybody rather
-[197] than the woman by his side. He had been so hard pressed for
-ready-money during the winter and spring that he had shut himself out,
-so to speak, from all society, for the reason that he was destitute of
-even spending money of the most ordinary character. After studying some
-time, he put his pencil reluctantly down on the map and said:
-
-“I consider these lots as desirable as any in Eagle’s Addition.”
-
-“And what are you selling them for?”
-
-“We are asking $100 a lot,” said he, “but we are not selling any
-just now, Miss Bonifield, at all.”
-
-She looked at the map a few minutes, and then said, “You think these
-are about the best lots in the Addition, do you?”
-
-Winthrop almost inaudibly assented. “Well, no—hardly—Miss
-Bonifield; the fact is,” he faltered, “we do not care to make any
-sales at the present time. We are rather expecting some information a
-little later; we—we expect to hold a Town Company meeting, and may
-conclude to reduce the price of lots—and—”
-
-“Or you may raise the prices,” said she, looking archly at Homer.
-“Is it not so.”
-
-“P—possibly,” replied Winthrop.
-
-“Well, I wish to purchase four lots on the corner you have indicated.
-Here is the money,” said she, laying down a roll of bills on his desk,
-“please fix up the deed and leave it at the hotel for me as soon as it
-is convenient.”
-
-“But—hold on,” said Homer. She had risen and started toward the
-door. “You do not mean to make a purchase of lots? I really have not
-advised it; you’d better reconsider—think it over a few days.” All
-of this was stammered out by Winthrop in a hurried and confused manner.
-
-“But I have [198] considered,” said Miss Virginia Bonifield, smiling
-in her own imperious way. “I have fully considered, Mr. Winthrop, and
-desire to make the purchase. Good day.” She was gone.
-
-Donald sat looking over his spectacles, while an astonished and amused
-smile played over his “$10,000 face.” Winthrop looked at the roll
-of bills spread out before him, and then turning to Marcus Donald,
-ejaculated, “Thank God, the boom has started!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII.—RUFUS GRIM S AMBITION.
-
-9207
-
-UFUS GRIM [199] was not pleased with Vance’s management of the Gold
-Bluff Prospector. A number of items had appeared in the columns of that
-paper which tended to vindicate Steve Gibbons from all suspicion
-or connection with the stage coach robbery. Grim considered this an
-indirect thrust at himself. His money had made him a lion among the
-people of Gold Bluff, but for some unaccountable reason he was unable to
-secure Vance Gilder’s good opinion.
-
-He secretly had an ambition to represent the people of Idaho in the
-halls of congress, and felt it would never do to let matters go on with
-his own town paper prejudiced against him. On several occasions he had
-made overtures to Vance of a friendly nature, but had, invariably, been
-repulsed. On one occasion he had endeavored to compliment Vance, and
-told him patronizingly, in his uncouth, pompous way, that he was very
-glad such a scholarly gentleman had charge of the Prospector, and that
-he considered him the most refined and cultured gentleman in Gold Bluff.
-[200] Vance had coldly replied, “It is an admirable thing, Mr. Grim,
-to be a cultured and refined man, but it is far better to be a manly
-man.” Grim had agreed with him, while Vance went quietly on setting
-type. The rich miner was irritated at his own lack of words when in
-Vance’s society. With others he was boastful as ever—bragged of his
-gold, and in his own domineering way, attempted to subdue everything
-with which he came in contact.
-
-9208
-
-Those who knew his home life best said he was afraid of his wife. She
-was all formality, and Grim, in his way, honored her, and at the same
-time, feared her. It was whispered that he found more pleasure in his
-stepdaughter’s society than in his wife’s.
-
-Bertha, with her handsome face and lisping speech, humored her
-mother’s whims of formality, and tickled the uncouth vanity of her
-step-father, on whose bounty she was dependent. She was an artful,
-cooing, little woman, full of strategy and deceit, and hopelessly
-untruthful. Her clandestine meetings with her cousin, Arthur Boast, were
-numerous, while in her heart she felt an infatuation for Vance Gilder,
-and was secretly intensely jealous of Louise Bonifield. Outwardly, she
-courted Louise, and never missed an opportunity of calling her “her
-own dear darling,” and telling her how very pretty she was.
-
-In the early days of June Arthur Boast returned permanently to Gold
-Bluff, and at first paid a great deal of attention to Louise, not as a
-lover, but rather as a friend of the family, and by every artifice known
-to his cunning endeavored to enlist her sympathy. He frequently [201]
-observed that no one was his friend, and it pleased him to hear Louise
-say that “she was his friend, and always had been.” He said nothing
-derogatory of Vance’s character, but his insinuations were of a wicked
-nature.
-
-Vance was at a loss to understand why Boast had left Waterville,
-especially as it was rumored that a great boom was going on at that
-place.
-
-One day Vance received a note from Arthur Boast asking him to call at
-the hotel that evening. He said he was indisposed and could not leave
-his room, otherwise he would call at the printing office.
-
-It was after eight o’clock when Vance called at the hotel, and was at
-once ushered into J. Arthur Boast’s room. He found Boast dressed as
-elegantly as ever, in fact, he was scrupulously attired, and resting
-on a divan. He seemed weak, and was quite pale. He no longer spoke in a
-thin, piping voice, but in a quiet, manly way, that at once interested
-Vance.
-
-“I sent for you, Mr. Gilder, because I was lonely and wanted to
-talk with you. I suppose you think I am supremely selfish in this, as
-everything else, but I have been almost sick for the last week.”
-
-“We are admonished to visit the sick,” said Vance, good-naturedly,
-“and I am sure it is only natural that one indisposed should like
-company.”
-
-“It is very kind of you to come, I’m sure,” Boast went on, “I
-have been worried a good deal about a certain misunderstanding that
-seemingly exists between us.” Vance assured him that he knew of no
-misunderstanding.
-
-“No,” said Boast, “not an open misunderstanding; but then I feel
-that you have misunderstood me from the [202] first, Mr. Gilder, and
-perhaps, in a measure, I have done you the injustice of not always
-interpreting your acts as I should have done. I do not know whether
-there is any philosophy in the circumstances which seem to shape my life
-or not.”
-
-“We are told,” said Vance, “that in our strength and manhood we
-should shape circumstances rather than let circumstances shape us.”
-
-“That’s it,” said Boast, “the eternal trying to shape
-circumstances brings on an endless conflict, not only between men, but a
-conflict with one’s own self. I have almost made up my mind that it
-is quite impossible for a man to shape his destiny. Now, as a matter
-of fact, I respect you, Mr. Gilder, highly, and have confidence in your
-ability and judgment. I think you are making a great success of the
-Prospector. It is impossible,” he went on, “for me to tell you why
-I have this confidence or this respect. I also know that you cordially
-dislike me, but why, I do not know, and perhaps you could not tell
-yourself.”
-
-Vance was surprised at this philosophic turn of mind, and began to think
-he had misunderstood J. Arthur Boast all along.
-
-“I cannot help but feel complimented,” said Vance, “by your kind
-words. I will admit that I have never stopped to analyze my feelings
-very closely in regard to yourself, and will not deny that I have been
-unable to discover any affinity between us. Perhaps I have misjudged
-you. If so, I can do no less than make proper amends.”
-
-“You speak [203] as if you would be my friend.” said Boast,
-“friends with me are very scarce. My highest ambition has ever been
-to make friends, and yet it requires no words of mine to tell you what
-a miserable failure I have made of it all. I would like to be Rufus
-Grim’s friend, but he won’t let me. He does everything he can to
-influence my cousin, Bertha Allen, against me, but in that he is making
-a complete failure. She is my friend,” said he with animation. “I
-suppose you know that Mrs. Grim is very ill?”
-
-“No,” said Vance; “I had not heard of it.”
-
-“Yes, she has never been very rugged, and I understand her present
-illness is of a very serious nature. She is so many years older than her
-pompous lord and master, that it would not be surprising to hear of her
-death at any time. Personally, I should regret it, not only on account
-of my aunt, but also on account of Bertha. I dread to think what may
-happen if my aunt should die.”
-
-“You do not regard her sickness so seriously as that?” asked Vance.
-
-“She is certainly very ill,” was Boast’s reply. “I would like
-to go and see her, but I do not presume Rufus Grim would let me into the
-house. But what I desired most to say,” continued Boast, brightening
-up and changing the conversation, “is this: I would like to have you
-be my friend. I wish to be yours.”
-
-Vance was astonished, and for a moment could not reply. Finally he
-said, “I cannot do less, Mr. Boast, than meet you half way in such a
-laudable ambition, I am sure.”
-
-“Ambition,” repeated Boast, “what a detestable word! I sometimes
-think ambition has been the cause of all my misfortune. I have wanted
-wealth all my life, but have not succeeded to any great extent. I ought
-to be in Waterville now, selling town lots and lands. There’s [204]
-great activity down there. I have the ambition but not the strength. You
-may not know it, but my health is seriously impaired. I do not seem to
-have any vitality.”
-
-Vance expressed his sympathy, but Boast seemingly did not notice his
-remarks, and said, “if a man has a clearly defined principle of life
-to follow, why cannot he adhere to it?”
-
-“I think he can,” replied Vance. “No life, in my judgment, has
-ever been a success unless a well-defined principle of action is first
-laid out, and then lived up to.”
-
-“I wish I could believe your philosophy,” said Boast. “The dual
-nature in me continually divides me.
-
-9212
-
-I go to sleep at night filled with the most laudable ambitions; I wake
-up the next morning and pursue an entirely different course, and therein
-lies the conflict—but I know, Mr. Gilder, I am boring you.”
-
-Vance assured him that he was not, but soon afterward took his leave,
-and as he walked along toward his home, he mused thoughtfully over his
-interview with J. Arthur Boast. What a different light had been thrown
-on his character! “Yes,” said he, “I will be his friend. I have
-misunderstood him.”
-
-The next morning the town was startled by the announcement that Mrs.
-Grim was dead. The church bell tolled fifty-six times. Bertha Allen was
-prostrated with grief, while the rich mine owner had the entire sympathy
-of the people of Gold Bluff. Rufus Grim did nothing by halves, and there
-could not have [205] been a more splendid show of grief than that for
-which his arrangements provided.
-
-The works on the Peacock were stopped, and the men, on full pay, invited
-to the funeral. It was an imposing affair. The crape on Mr. Grim’s hat
-was of the widest pattern, and jet studs took the place of his diamond.
-His black suit fit his plump form well, and he seemed subdued with
-genuine grief. Bertha Allen looked very fair and interesting in her
-costume of black. She clung dependently to Mr. Grim’s arm during the
-burial service, and looked unusually pretty, notwithstanding the marks
-of grief and weeping upon her handsome face; indeed, she enlisted the
-sympathy of all who saw her.
-
-The following day work on the Peacock was started up again, and the
-deep, resounding blasts down below the earth’s surface told of more
-gold flowing towards the coffers of Rufus Grim.
-
-The machinery in Gray Rocks mine had been behaving badly. Several big
-breaks had occurred, and work had been delayed at one time for two
-weeks. The days glided by, and October had come again. The rocks high
-up the mountain, overlooking Gold Bluff, reflected the autumn sun,
-while the forests on the mountain side were ablaze with fiery autumn
-tints—nature’s superb clothing.
-
-Colonel Bonifield had ceased, in part, to be the enthusiast of former
-days. Perhaps he felt that he had passed his word to give up work
-on Gray Rocks if disappointment should again reward his efforts, and
-possibly it saddened him.
-
-One evening Vance and Louise had called on Bertha Allen. She was
-beautiful as ever, and lisped in sweet intonation. Her dress indicated
-the grief that still rested [206] upon her. That evening, after her
-callers had taken their leave, Rufus Grim joined Bertha in the parlor of
-his luxuriant home. The weeks that had intervened since the death of his
-wife had not made him entirely forget the proper melancholy tone which
-formality, at least, demanded he should exhibit.
-
-Bertha seemed frightened with some secret fear and anxiety. She knew too
-well that a crisis in her life was approaching. Yes, Rufus Grim came to
-declare himself.
-
-He was confident, as he always was, of the result, nevertheless, there
-was a timidity that prevented him from feeling the full assurance
-that he would have liked. He sat down beside her, and after a few
-common-place remarks, he said, in a voice low, yet audible: “Bertha, I
-have something to say to you.”
-
-“Yes,” she lisped innocently enough, and looked up into his face.
-
-“What I have to say,” Grim went on, in a husky voice, “cannot be a
-matter of news to you. You must know that I love you; yes, love you with
-my whole heart.” His hands trembled and his voice was unsteady.
-
-“You’ve always been so very kind to me,” lisped Bertha, and there
-was gratitude in her voice.
-
-“Heaven knows I have tried to be, and that I have guarded you with
-jealous care ever since you were a little girl and came under my
-protection.” He had taken her hands, but they were unresponsive. “No
-man,” continued Grim, “could love you more than I have for many
-years. Of course you knew what my feelings were—you must have known,
-for have I ever failed to satisfy your every wish and want?”
-
-[207] “Never,” murmured Bertha, as she leaned her head against his
-breast
-
-“Yes, I have protected you,” he went on, as he laid one arm about
-her slender form, “I have kept you from the young scape-grace, your
-cousin, Arthur Boast. I feared he was trying to make love to you, and
-for that reason forbade him the house.”
-
-0215
-
-“Oh, how could you think such a thing?” said she, in her soft,
-cooing way, yet with a half-indignant intonation in her voice.
-
-[208] “Oh, I am perfectly content now,” replied Grim, and his old,
-pompous air and manner of speech began to assert themselves. “Of
-course I could not show you my heart in all its tenderness—I was
-a husband and had to control myself—but now, it seems as if all
-obstacles have been removed. Do you love me, Bertha? I have thought many
-times that I could read my answer in your eyes, but I long to hear you
-say so.”
-
-“Yes,” whispered Bertha, “I love you so much.”
-
-In his daily walks, Rufus Grim was an over-bearing, selfish man, but now
-he was softened, and his emotion was very great. He looked tenderly and
-longingly on the drooping head beside him, and was for a time completely
-absorbed in the intensity of his love for the artful girl at his side.
-
-Yes, she was fooling him. She was the affianced wife of J. Arthur Boast,
-and yet she must play her part.
-
-“And may I one day call you wife?” said Rufus Grim, pressing her
-closely to him and kissing her reverently on the forehead. “Say in a
-year from now,” he pleaded.
-
-“Yes,” she lisped, gently pressing his hand, “it shall be as you
-say.” As a matter of truth, she was mentally speculating how she could
-get out of this horrible scrape. He had said in a year—that was a
-long time. She would have ample opportunity to free herself in some way.
-Arthur must help her.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV.—THE GOLDEN MAUSOLEUM.
-
-9217
-
-GRIM [209] was a happy man. He would conceal his joy for one short year,
-and then—and then—. He had at last reached the top-most craig of all
-his worldly hopes. Wealth was his, and now he had secured the promise of
-Bertha Allen to be his wife. He called at his lawyer’s office the next
-day and told him he wished to add a codicil to his will. He spoke in his
-usual loud and confident way, and seemed to constantly remember that he
-was not only the richest man in Gold Bluff, but, by big odds, the most
-fortunate.
-
-The lawyer knew his client. He knew his whims and wisely humored his
-eccentricities. It needed but little encouragement and flattery to set
-Rufus Grim going, recounting the steps he had carved out for himself on
-life’s journey, and the pinnacle to which he had climbed.
-
-Arthur Boast came in and took a seat in the outer room, Grim requested
-the lawyer to close the door, and asked him what he let that young
-scoundrel come about the premises for. Then he seemed to remember that
-he was the victor, and why should he still hold malice? After a little,
-he again referred to the matter of changing his will, and when the
-lawyer was ready, he [210] dictated a codicil bequeathing all his
-possessions unconditionally to Bertha Allen, to which he attached his
-signature. The lawyer showed no signs of astonishment at Rufus Grim’s
-action, though he guessed the relationship that existed between his
-client and Bertha Allen.
-
-That evening a clandestine meeting between Bertha and her cousin, Arthur
-Boast, had been arranged.
-
-9218
-
-Her first words, after the greeting and a kiss of welcome, were in
-regard to the ordeal she had passed through with Mr. Grim.
-
-“To think, Arthur,” lisped Bertha, “of that old fool asking me to
-be his wife! Why, I really thought I would die, I did indeed!”
-
-“And what did you say?” asked Boast.
-
-“Why, you sweet old darling, what could I say but give him to
-understand that perhaps I was willing? I told him to wait a year, and
-then—.”
-
-“Yes, and then?” hissed Arthur, through his teeth.
-
-“Oh, don’t be foolish, my own darling,” said she, slipping her
-arms about his neck, “you know I was only pretending; you know that I
-loathe him, but I have been dependent on his bounty for so many years.
-I am only too ready, Arthur, to go with you; yes, to the ends of the
-earth.” She caressed him tenderly, and Arthur’s ill-feeling gave way
-before her tender entreaties.
-
-He had heard Rufus Grim dictating the codicil to his will, and had been
-fired with a mad jealousy, but she had confessed all at their first
-meeting, and he felt relieved. He would not tell her of the codicil to
-the will; no, not now.
-
-[211] “We must not delay our marriage much longer,” said Bertha,
-sweetly, “we really must not, Arthur; you must save me from that old
-bear. Oh, how I hate him!”
-
-“Did he attempt to caress you?” asked Arthur.
-
-“Yes,” replied Bertha, slowly, “but he only kissed me once.”
-
-“Only kissed you once!” cried Arthur, and with a savage oath he
-pushed her from him.
-
-“Arthur, you’ll break my heart,” she cried in stifled pain, and
-creeping closer to him she clasped his arm with both her hands. “He
-kissed me on the forehead. How could I help it? He is so overbearing and
-so determined—I did not know but he would turn me away from his home
-unless I humored and fooled him. Won’t you forgive me? How could I
-help it?”
-
-“Yes,” said Arthur, clasping her passionately to his breast, “yes,
-I’ll forgive you; but you must go away from Rufus Grim’s house, and
-I will arrange matters and soon we will be married.”
-
-“You make me so happy, Arthur; I could starve, yes, starve willingly
-with you, rather than live with any other man on earth.”
-
-“I think we had better be married soon,” said Arthur, “say in two
-weeks?”
-
-“Impossible!” lisped Bertha.
-
-“No, not impossible,” replied Boast, almost savagely,
-
-“I say we must be married in two weeks. I will take you to
-my father’s for a little while, after which we will commence
-housekeeping.”
-
-“Why, Arthur,” protested Bertha, “you are the most unreasonable
-man living; you are, indeed. How can I [212] be married in two weeks?
-It’s such a short time since mamma died.”
-
-“It must be as I say,” replied Arthur, determinedly, “it is for
-your good. You are left alone in the world, and, Bertha, I love you with
-the only love that I have ever given to any human being. There, don’t
-cry; dry your eyes, my darling, and make up your mind that I know what
-is for your good.” She finally gave in, and the compact was sealed
-with a lover’s kiss and a tender embrace.
-
-The next day was one to be long remembered. Colonel Bonifield called at
-the Prospector office and told Vance that, at last, they had reached the
-500 foot level.
-
-9220
-
-“Yes,” said the Colonel, with more enthusiasm than he had exhibited
-for some months, “we have cert’nly had mo’ trouble, suh, in
-goin’ these last hund’ed feet than all the other distance put
-together, but we have kep’ right along, and finally, suh, we are 500
-feet below the groun’. Of cou’se, there’s a lot of work yet to do;
-in fact, a pow’ful lot, in cross-cutting into the vein, but a week’s
-work, with my present fo’ce of men, will finish the drift-shaft.
-It’s a vehy proud moment of my life, suh, to tell yo’ that afteh all
-the trials and delays we have had, that finally we are down to the 500
-foot level. There’s a little matteh, Mr. Gilder, that I want to speak
-to yo’ about. I’m goin’ to be a little short of money. I think,
-possibly, suh, I have enough fo’ about three or fou’ days’ work
-yet. We have about fo’ty men workin’, and I am anxious to keep them
-until we finish cross-cuttin’.”
-
-Vance was aghast. He knew not what to do, and he frankly confessed to
-the Colonel that the $6,000 which he had given him was, practically,
-every cent he had in the world of ready money; that he had written to
-Judge Patton, who had charge of his estate in New York city, and the
-judge interpreted his father’s will to require his residence in New
-York city in order to enjoy the annuity.
-
-The Colonel thought a moment, and then said: “Don’t bother
-yo’self, Mr. Gilder, it’s a matteh of vehy little importance,
-anyway, I assure yo’, suh; I know my men. Most of them have been
-workin’ fo’ me oveh a year, and I feel perfectly confident they
-will stand by me until we finish the work, even if I haven’t the ready
-money with which to pay them. They’re a grand lot of fellows, I assure
-yo’ they are, and between yo’ and me, every one of them has great
-confidence in Gray Rocks; wonde’ful confidence, yes, suh.”
-
-The Colonel [213] bade Vance good-day and started for his mine, and
-Vance turned to his case with a heavy heart.
-
-The winter was late in coming; though it was the first of November, yet
-the air was comparatively mild, and the breezes soft, yet invigorating.
-
-That evening, Rufus Grim walked back and forth on his wide porch
-contemplating his own importance. After a little, he walked down through
-the village and followed a by-path along the mountain side, up
-toward the old prospect shaft on the Peacock. The night was still and
-beautiful. The moon was in the last quarter; but her rays were obscured
-by lazy, drifting clouds, that hung idly in the heavens.
-
-Arriving at the old prospect shaft, he took off his hat, and pushed his
-fat fingers through his heavy hair. He [214] even unbuttoned his coat
-and leaned against the low wall about the old shaft. Far below him were
-the lights of Gold Bluff shining from many windows. He looked toward his
-home and thought of Bertha.
-
-“Yes, she loves me,” he mused aloud, “she is a darling little
-angel. I always thought she returned my love, and now I know it. What
-a coy way she has about her! What slender hands! Gad; but it was an
-ordeal, the declaring of my love for her, but I fancy no one could have
-done better. No, sir, Rufus Grim is always equal to any occasion.
-
-“I have made myself what I am. After we are married, we will go to New
-York city and Washington. They will say I have the loveliest little wife
-in America—they cannot say otherwise. The men will envy me for owning
-such a jewel. How different she is from other women!
-
-“Bertha!” he mused, “the loveliest name in the world! The little
-minx! Yes, she suspected that I loved her. She refused ‘em all for
-me; that scoundrel J. Arthur Boast, among the rest. He is a clever dog,
-though, and I rather feared him, but now it is all over.
-
-“I wish my law-suit was settled; that is the only speck on my horizon,
-but the decision in the courts above, I feel sure, will be the same
-as in the lower courts. Yes, I am lucky; there’s none luckier on the
-whole face of the earth. I came into this camp with nothing—now look
-at my possessions.” He chuckled to himself, and in an absent way
-kicked his foot against the old wall.
-
-“Here is the place I made the discovery. I presume I ought not to
-blame the dogs of war for being on my track, of course, they want a
-share of this rich mine, but d——— ‘em, they can’t have it. No,
-sir, it belongs to Rufus [215] Grim! The gold I have will protect the
-unmined millions in the Peacock.
-
-“Neither court nor jury shall stand before my ambition. My first, yes,
-my abiding ambition, is for gold, but with it has come a love that
-knows no brooking for Bertha. God bless her! She is so tender and so
-refined—-my cup is full to overflowing.
-
-“They say I am successful. Whom shall I thank but [216] myself? No
-one. I have climbed the rugged and uneven path alone, unaided. I have
-bent men to my way of thinking; I am greater than all of them; yes,
-greater than all. I’ll make my marriage a success too, and with my
-gold and my beautiful wife, I will commence living. No, I have never
-lived; I have merely slaved and existed, but now I am getting ready to
-commence.”
-
-Thus Rufus Grim fed himself on his own egotism, and recounted life’s
-victories, resulting from his own exertions.
-
-0223
-
-A dark form crouched near him, dimly outlined in the uncertain light.
-Presently it crept stealthily up behind him. There was a hurried rush,
-a whistling noise cut sharply through the air; a stifled cry, a heavy
-fall, and Rufus Grinds body plunged forward into the yawning mouth of
-the old prospect shaft, and his life’s work was over.
-
-His anticipated happiness, his pompous joy, his earthly prosperity, his
-vanity and vain-glory, all were over. Had he died by any other method,
-it might have been said that it was well that his death occurred before
-he discovered that Bertha Allen, to whom he had given all that was
-tender in his coarse and pompous life, had cruelly deceived him.
-
-It mattered not now, the decision of the higher courts of earth, but
-rather the decision of that higher court in heaven. A sounding splash
-from murky waters far below resounded back to the outer world like a
-farewell echo, and Rufus Grim’s mangled remains rested near the gold
-he loved so well. Yes, in the vault where his manhood had been bartered
-for gold, he slept. There was gold on [217] every side—gold above him
-and gold beneath him—a priceless mausoleum.
-
-Yes, at last, all that was mortal of the man of inordinate worldly
-ambition and restless energy, reposed in the monotonous sleep of
-unbroken stillness.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXV.—CROSS-CUTTING IN THE MINE.
-
-9226
-
-HE next [218] day Rufus Grim was missed from the Peacock. His manager
-could not understand it. Never before had he absented himself from his
-office without giving the most detailed instructions in regard to work
-in the mine. When the following morning came and he was still absent,
-the manager’s fears ripened into genuine alarm and soon all the
-people of Gold Bluff were discussing the mystery of Rufus Grim’s
-disappearance.
-
-A vigorous search was instituted, which resulted a few days later in
-finding his lifeless body at the bottom of the old prospect shaft. At
-the coroner’s inquest it was decided that he had been murdered, as was
-evidenced by peculiar wounds on the back of his head.
-
-He was laid to rest by the side of his deceased wife, with a
-demonstration that far excelled any funeral that had ever taken place in
-Gold Bluff. Such a cowardly murder excited the sympathy of all who knew
-him. They forgot the pompous, over-bearing owner of the Peacock, in
-listening to the minister’s pious words of commendation over the
-mangled remains of Rufus Grim, the citizen.
-
-The mystery surrounding his demise appealed to all law-abiding citizens
-to help hunt down the assassin. In [219] the feverish excitement it was
-remembered that Hank Casey and Steve Gibbons were sworn enemies of the
-rich mine owner; indeed, the latter had even threatened his life in the
-presence of numerous witnesses.
-
-The sheriff who had so ignominiously failed in running down the stage
-robbers, took the lead in trying to ferret out the murderer and bring
-him to justice. A few days after this, warrants were sworn out for the
-arrest of Steve Gibbons and Hank Casey, charging them with the crime.
-Gibbons was arrested, but Hank Casey could not be found. He had
-disappeared a few days after the murder, and no one knew where he had
-gone. Gibbons maintained a dogged silence and seemed much subdued and
-humiliated that not one of his many supposed friends came forward to
-sign his bond. Handcuffed and accompanied by the sheriff, heavily armed,
-he appealed in vain to many, but without success. Vance made himself
-quite unpopular by offering to sign Steve Gibbons’ bond. The people
-were indignant and said it was carrying his ill-feeling toward Rufus
-Grim entirely too far. As he had no property excepting an interest in
-Gray Rocks mine, which was undeveloped, he was considered incompetent as
-a bondsman and promptly rejected.
-
-One evening Vance worked very late setting type on the Prospector. It
-was past midnight when he went to his sleeping room. He was about to
-retire when he heard some one knocking at the printing office door. He
-admitted the visitor and found it to be J. Arthur Boast.
-
-“Good evening, Mr. Gilder,” said he, “I have come to see you on a
-little matter of great importance to myself.”
-
-“Come in,” said Vance, “I have no light in this room; come on into
-my bedroom.”
-
-[220] “You will remember a conversation we had,” said Boast, “some
-time ago at the hotel.” Vance assented that he did. “Well, I have
-come tonight to claim a little of the reciprocal friendship which you
-promised me.”
-
-“Circumstances,” said Boast, “indeed, shape the destiny of man. Of
-this I am more and more convinced. To think of us sitting down together
-as friends a month ago would have been preposterous, and yet I am happy
-to know we meet as such to-night. What impelled me to send for you the
-night you visited me at the hotel, I am unable to explain; an impulse
-that I was not strong enough to overcome, compelled me to do it. I feel,
-Mr. Gilder, that I have much to be thankful for in your friendship, and
-yet it has all been brought about by a circumstance over which I had
-no control. It was not the result of a premeditated judgment, but the
-outcome of an impulse.”
-
-“I hope,” said Vance, as he reached Boast a cigar and lit one
-himself, “that you have no regrets in regard to our late friendly
-understanding.”
-
-“No, indeed,” replied Boast, “on the contrary I feel that I am one
-of the most fortunate men living. By the way,” he continued, “this
-is an excellent cigar.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance, “I received a box from one of my New York
-friends. It is a luxury that I am not able to indulge in very freely,
-unless some old chum happens to remember my isolation in these Western
-mountains and takes pity on me.”
-
-“Have I told you,” asked Boast, “that I have quit drinking?”
-
-“No!” replied Vance, in some surprise.
-
-“Yes, I have given up red liquor altogether. The habit got a pretty
-strong hold on me and I was going down hill at a very rapid pace;
-indeed, I had quite given up any hope of ever being anything but a hard
-drinker. Scarcely had I reconciled myself to that belief, than a whim,
-a caprice, an impulse, or whatever you may call it, took hold of me and
-said, ‘No more [221] liquor, J. Arthur Boast; not another drop,’ and
-from that day to this I have not tasted the abominable stuff.”
-
-9229
-
-Vance assured him he was glad to hear of the reformation.
-
-“I am in love; desperately so,’.rdquo; said Boast.
-
-“In love?” repeated Vance.
-
-“Yes, I am in love with my cousin, Bertha Allen, and she reciprocates
-my own tender affection. On her account, if not for my own, I am indeed
-glad the red liquor craze has been overcome, and that reminds me of the
-object of my visit.
-
-“Bertha is such [222] a stickler on formalities and so sensitive that
-I have had hard work to convince her our marriage should take place
-so soon after her mother’s death. Our arrangements were made to be
-married the day after to-morrow. Her step-father’s death, of course,
-complicated matters a little, and she thought we ought to postpone the
-affair. As usual, however,” continued Boast, “I have convinced her
-that she is wrong and I am right, and have finally gained her consent,
-on one condition, that you and Miss Louise will favor us with your
-presence and act as groomsman and bridesmaid.”
-
-Vance was non-plussed at Boast’s remarks, and for a moment did not
-know what to say.
-
-“It will be a very quiet affair,” continued Boast, “immediate
-relatives and all that—she has none, and neither have I, save my
-father and mother. We are to be married at my father’s. There’s no
-one Bertha thinks so much of as Louise. They have been chums for many
-years, and since you profess friendship for me, I feel sure you’ll not
-refuse my request.”
-
-Vance promised to consider the matter and let him know the next day,
-after consulting Louise.
-
-“Very well,” said Boast, “I will call to-morrow. It’s really too
-bad,” he went on, “that a weak little woman like Bertha should have
-had so much suffering during the last few months. Actuated by sympathy
-as well as love, I feel it my duty to set formalities aside, marry her,
-and thus insure to myself the privilege of protecting and caring for her
-as she deserves.”
-
-“Yes,” said [223] Vance, “she has had a great deal to endure. By
-the way, Mr. Boast, do you believe Steve Gibbons guilty of Mr. Grim’s
-murder?”
-
-Boast relit his cigar before answering. “Mr. Gilder,” said he, after
-deliberating, “I hope Mr. Gibbons is innocent. I have tried to look
-calmly at his case, shrouded in mystery as it is. I have tried to blunt
-my ears to whisperings and prejudices and not jump with the multitude
-toward a hasty conclusion Of course, the circumstantial evidence
-against Mr. Gibbous is rather damaging. Mr. Casey’s disappearance and
-Gibbon’s continued silence as to his whereabouts, makes it look still
-worse. The probabilities are that nine out of ten of the people of
-Gold Bluff believe him to be guilty. They have built up a wall of
-circumstantial evidence that seems to be impregnable, and unless the
-public pulse is permitted to cool before his trial comes off, they very
-likely will convict him, To me, mercy seems much more preferable than
-a hasty judgment, Well, good-night, Mr. Gilder. I am sorry to have been
-compelled to call on you at such a late hour, but you know,” said he,
-with a jocular laugh, “it is an urgent case, and when you are as near
-to your nuptials as I am, I’ll forgive you if you should rout me out
-of bed at all hours of the night.”
-
-“A strange man!” said Vance to himself when Boast was gone, “he
-talks like a philosopher. His judgment is seasoned with mercy. How could
-I have misunderstood him as I did? It’s rather odd that he and Bertha
-Allen are to be married. I know Louise will be surprised. After all,
-it’s best that he should marry Miss Allen, and the very fact that
-he makes her his wife at this time when she is left completely alone,
-really ennobles the fellow to me.”
-
-The following day a favorable answer was given to Boast, and the
-marriage took place the next evening. It was indeed a quiet affair.
-Whether Colonel Boast and his wife approved of their only son marrying
-his cousin or not, Vance was unable to satisfactorily decide in his own
-mind; but he and Louise both acknowledged that they felt freed from an
-indescribable restraint after taking their departure.
-
-Almost simultaneously with the announcement of J. Arthur Boast’s
-marriage was the discovery that Bertha Allen was the heiress of all the
-vast possessions of the murdered mine owner. Rufus Grims attorney
-became Arthur Boast’s trusted adviser. Work in the great Peacock mine
-continued, and within a week J. Arthur Boast was in control of affairs;
-indeed, he seemed a changed [224] man. His responsibilities seemed to
-subdue without irritating him. The people were quick to discover new
-elements of strength in the controller of the Peacock, and vied with
-each other in giving him encouragement.
-
-Work on Gray Rocks had not been progressing so smoothly. Old Colonel
-Bonifield, fired with the enthusiasm of a Ponce de Leon, believed the
-forty odd men employed in cross-cutting the drift shaft from the 500
-foot level would remain with him, although his finances were exhausted.
-
-It was on Saturday night that he called his men about him and explained
-his temporary embarrassments.
-
-8232
-
-He paid them off in full, and assured them that three or four more
-days’ work with their united assistance, was all that was necessary
-to reach the gold he had been looking for so many weary years, and
-expressed confidence, in his chivalrous way, that all his employes would
-report the next Monday morning for work, and stay with him until the
-drift was finished. The following Monday morning, however, found but
-a half dozen men reporting for work, much to Colonel Bonifield’s
-surprise and disappointment.
-
-The old Colonel went into the mine with his faithful adherents,
-and encouraged them by his undaunted energy. What could have been
-accomplished by forty men in the space of three days, would require
-fifteen or twenty days with his half dozen assistants. They lessened the
-size of the drift shaft, however, and this would make quite a saving of
-time. Throughout the week, the Colonel, with his handful of assistants,
-labored incessantly. When the next Monday morning came around, he found
-that only three reported for duty. This was indeed discouraging, but
-with a determination that knew no brooking, he went on.
-
-Two days later, [225] his three assistants advised him that their
-families were in want of the necessities of life, and while they
-still had unbounded faith in Gray Rocks, yet they owed a duty to their
-families first and before all else, and could not remain with him any
-longer.
-
-After this, the engineer and fireman took turns in helping the Colonel.
-One man remaining in the engine room performed the work of both. After
-a couple of days of monotonous drilling and blasting, the Colonel one
-evening told Louise of his great discouragement.
-
-“My deah daughter,” said the Colonel, “they have all dese’ted
-me; I am left alone to finish the work in the mine as best I can. It’s
-pow’ful humiliatin’ to be dese’ted just when I am reachin’ fo’
-the last round in the laddeh.” Louise had slipped her arms around his
-neck while he was speaking.
-
-“My dear father,” she said, “why not go to Mr. Gilder; he has been
-so true to you, and I am sure, now that you are so near finishing your
-work, he will give you what assistance is needed.”
-
-The old man stroked his daughter’s hair affectionately. “Yes,
-suh, yo’ are right; he would help me if he could. No one seems to
-undehstand me, Louise, my deah child, except’n’ yo’self and Mr.
-Gilder. I may as well tell yo’ that I called on Mr. Gilder sev’al
-days ago fo’ a little mo’ money, and he told me the $6,000 which he
-had given us was practically every dollar he had in the world. It made
-my old heart bleed to see the pained expression on the [226] noble
-young fellow’s face—pained because he couldn’t help me mo’. I
-explained to him that it made no diff’ence; that my men—the rascals
-who have so shamefully dese’ted me—had confidence in Gray Rocks, and
-that they would stand by me fo’ a few days longeh.”
-
-The Colonel walked back and forth in an agitated way, and held his head
-between his hands. “My God, it will drive me crazy,” he exclaimed,
-“if the work is not finished.” Louise was startled at his manner.
-She noticed that he appeared older than ever before, and condemned
-herself for not giving him more encouragement and help.
-
-“Father, how can I help you?” she asked, imploringly.
-
-“There is no way, my precious little child; come here to me.” He
-seated himself and she nestled on his lap.
-
-“To-morrow morning, father,” said she, “now listen, for I am going
-to have my way—to-morrow morning I am going with you down to the 500
-foot level and help you with the work. I’m not afraid, and I’m very
-strong, too.”
-
-“Why, what [227] would Mr. Gilder say if he knew my little girl
-was down in a mine workin’.” said the Colonel, half amused at her
-earnestness, while he pressed her close and closer to him.
-
-“Mr. Gilder?” repeated Louise, looking dreamily into the bed of red
-coals in the open grate, “we won’t tell him. How heroic it was of
-him to give you every dollar he had in the world! Tell me, father, do
-you think any one else would have done so much?”
-
-“No, suh,” replied the Colonel, “there’s betteh blood
-cou’sin’ through his veins than any man I eveh saw. To be sure,
-he’s a nawth’n man—that is, he was bawn in the nawth; but even the
-old state of Virginia neveh produced a manlier man.”
-
-True to her promise, the next morning found Louise with her father in
-the drift shaft, 500 feet underground. They had carried with them
-a well-filled lunch basket, and worked with a determination born of
-despair. Holes were drilled deep in the solid rock and filled with giant
-powder, then after lighting the fuse, they would retreat until the blast
-resounded in hollow mockery through the caverns of the earth. No sooner
-would the smoke clear away than they would drill again.
-
-While Louise was drilling and putting forth all her strength in work
-that would have tried the courage of the hardiest miner, her father
-would take turns with her, and again he would measure the distance from
-the shaft to see how much farther they had to drift.
-
-It was late in the evening, and they had been working on some time in
-silence, when the Colonel, after making a last measurement, shouted out
-in the stillness, “Well finish it to-night! Bring the powdeh, while
-I drill!” and presently another blast resounded like a death knell to
-hope, tearing away great sections of the adamantine rock. On, on they
-worked—drilling and blasting.
-
-Louise had become well-nigh exhausted, and rested for a moment, when the
-Colonel shouted: “Drill on! Drill on! There’s no time to lose!”
-
-“But, father,” cried Louise, “the powder is all gone. Shall we
-not send the engineer for more? There’s hardly enough for more than
-another blast.”
-
-“No!” yelled the Colonel, almost like a maniac in vehemence, “I
-have no money fo’ mo’ powdeh. [228] Let us use what we have. Scrape
-the cans and put it all in one great blast. I will drill.”
-
-0236
-
-Louise was frightened. She feared her father was losing his mind. It
-might be, after all, that instead of benefitting him by her constant
-encouragement and belief in Gray Rocks, she had but added to his vain
-hallucination, and the shock of another failure might dethrone his
-reason. While she was thinking, she industriously applied herself to
-gathering from the different cans that had contained the giant powder
-all that was left into one. Yes, there was enough for one more blast,
-but not enough for two.
-
-“Where is the powdeh?” cried the Colonel. She looked at her father,
-whose face was almost as white as the disheveled hair of his uncovered
-head. He had thrown aside his hat and coat, and was wrought up to the
-highest pitch of excitement.
-
-“A moment, father,” said Louise, laying her hand on his arm.
-
-“Let me alone, I have no time to wait,” he said.
-
-“But listen, father, won’t you? Listen to me just a moment.”
-
-“Well, what is it?” said he, impatiently, wiping the perspiration
-from his brow.
-
-“For thirteen years, father, you’ve been striving and striving to
-find gold in Gray Rocks; what if you are no nearer now than you were
-thirteen years ago? Will you be so terribly disappointed, father? Come,
-tell me you will not.” She had her arms about his neck and was looking
-pleadingly up into his face. He pushed her from him.
-
-“Yo’ talk as if yo’ [229] doubted,” said he. “I’m thirteen
-years nearer success to-night than the day I commenced. It’s vehy
-humiliatin’ to me to think that yo’, Louise, should doubt yo’r
-old father’s judgment. Have yo’ forgotten that my blood cou’ses in
-yo’r veins? Are yo’, too, turnin’ against me at the vehy last?”
-
-“Oh, father,” cried Louise, as she clung to him and buried her head
-on his breast, sobbing wildly, “don’t speak to me so harshly! It
-will kill me! Have I not,” said she, between her sobs, “stood by
-you and believed [230] with you, though all others, unless it was Mr.
-Gilder, turned against you? I believe now that you are right,
-father, but it may be deeper down, and I was only trying to make the
-disappointment less hard in case disappointment should again be the
-result of our efforts.”
-
-“There, there, little girl,” said the Colonel, stroking her head
-affectionately, “I do forgive yo’, and yo’ must forgive yo’r
-old, excitable father. Let us put in the powdeh; let us make the last
-blast, and let its resoundin’ peals tell the whole world that we’ve
-done our best!”
-
-“Yes, father; that we have indeed done our utmost; and after this
-blast we will go home and still have faith in Gray Rocks, though the
-whole world disbelieves.”
-
-“We have plenty of powdeh here,” said the old Colonel, picking up
-the can, “to tear ten tons of rock into shreds.”
-
-The fuse was lighted and they retired for protection until the powder
-should ignite. Presently there was a deafening roar, as if the mountains
-were being split asunder. The Colonel grasped his daughter’s hand with
-such a vise-like grip that it almost made her cry out with pain.
-
-“The last blast!” shouted the old Colonel, when the reverberations
-had ceased, “the smoke will soon clear away, and then we shall see,
-yes, suh, we shall see!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVI.—A STARTLING EDITORIAL.
-
-9239
-
-ANCE knew [231] nothing of Colonel Bonifield’s discouraging labors in
-the mine. Indeed, he had been so busy with other matters that he had not
-found time to call on the Bonifield’s for over a week—a very unusual
-occurrence.
-
-A few days prior to Louise’s experience in her father’s mine, Vance
-had been routed up by some one knocking on his window in the middle
-of the night. It proved to be none other than the missing Hank Casey,
-accompanied by Marcus Donald of Waterville. A consultation that lasted
-several hours followed. An understanding was finally reached, and it
-was agreed that Hank Casey should remain concealed during the daytime in
-Vance’s room, and await developments.
-
-“I may be laying myself liable to the law,” said Vance, laughingly,
-“in concealing a man for whom a warrant has been issued, but,
-nevertheless, I believe what you tell me, and on our mutual friend,
-Marcus Donald’s advice, I shall act my part unflinchingly.”
-
-“Of course,” said Marcus Donald, “it’s none of my affairs in one
-sense of the word, but when Mr. Casey came to Waterville, having walked
-all the way from Gold Bluff by a circuitous route, in order to avoid
-meeting any [232] one, and told me that Mr. Gibbons was about to be
-unjustly arrested for murder, I at once became interested, especially
-with Mr. Casey’s knowledge of the affair.”
-
-“Ye see, pardner,” said Hank Casey, addressing Vance, “I ‘lowed
-things was goin’ to be pipin’ hot in these ‘ere diggin’s, fer I
-heered a rumour that Steve an’ I was both to be arrested. I knowed’
-t’wan’t no use fer both of us to lay ‘round here till our hands
-an’ feet were tied, so, sez I to Steve Gibbons, sez I, ‘Steve, you
-make your perch here in Gold Bluff, an’ don’t you run nary an inch,
-and I’ll scoot out an’ try an’ scare up some help an’ turn the
-tables on these ‘ere chaps. Of course, nuther of us liked Rufus Grim
-any too well; that is, we had no hankerin’ love for him; but I ‘low
-were not quite low enough down to commence murderin’ people, even if
-they did cheat us out of a rich mine like the Peacock. This game ain’t
-out yet,” he went on, “the higher courts may reverse the decision of
-the court below, and in that event Steve an’ I will yet have justice,
-though it s been dangnation slow ‘bout comin’.”
-
-“I am greatly astonished,” said Vance, “at your revelation. It
-is entirely contrary to my theory of the case. I am beginning to feel,
-however, that my judgment amounts to but very little in this western
-country, though I must say I have received great encouragement from your
-words, Mr. Donald, in regard to Waterville property. I will throw a bomb
-into the enemy’s camp by writing an editorial for the Prospector that
-will touch a tender place, if Mr. Casey is correct in his statement.”
-
-It so happened that on the very day that Louise and her father were
-working in the mine, the Prospector was issued, and contained the
-following editorial: [233] THE RUFUS GRIM MURDER.
-
-The history of Rufus Grim’s demise, though still shrouded in mystery,
-will doubtless, when the facts are known, startle the people of Gold
-Bluff even more than the murder itself. It is true that Steve Gibbons is
-accused and languishes in the county jail, and that a warrant is out for
-the arrest of his old associate, Hank Casey. In the excitement of the
-hour, our people may have interpreted circumstantial evidence as
-proof of guilt. As a matter of fact, not one jot or tittle of damaging
-evidence, in the Prospector’s judgment, can be produced against these
-men.
-
-The idea of suicide has been effectually set aside by the findings
-at the coroner’s inquest. No one doubts that it was a cold-blooded,
-cowardly murder. We believe the murderer is in Gold Bluff to-day, and
-like the wolf of old, is clad in sheep’s raiment.
-
-Our people should understand the difference between circumstantial and
-real evidence. It is probably true that both Steve Gibbons and Hank
-Casey were on anything but friendly terms with Rufus Grim, but they
-were not his only enemies; indeed, there is one in Gold Bluff who was
-secretly, if not openly, a much greater enemy to the rich mine owner
-than either of the suspected parties.
-
-It is time that prejudice gave way to reason, and that others, who
-profited much more by Rufus Grim’s removal, should not only
-be suspected, but subjected to the crucial test of a thorough
-investigation.
-
-This article set the people of Gold Bluff agog. The entire camp, from
-center to circumference, seemed startled by the boldness of Vance
-Gilder’s double-leaded editorial. When J. Arthur Boast read the
-article, he was dazed by its audacity. He sent for his attorney, and
-throughout the afternoon a consultation that lasted far into the night
-was held.
-
-Work on the Peacock was shut down the following [234] morning at
-Boast’s request, and the men assembled at the company’s office.
-Boast, addressing the miners, said:
-
-“You, doubtless, have read the editorial in yesterday’s Prospector,
-written by a stranger and interloper in our midst, Mr. Vance Gilder, who
-foully accuses me of murdering Rufus Grim.
-
-9242
-
-I am now going down to the office of the Prospector, and shall demand an
-amende honorable. So many of you as see fit may accompany me.”
-
-“Ay, ay!” the crowd shouted, “we are ready!” Indeed, the
-citizens of Gold Bluff almost to a man, sided with Boast, and said Vance
-was showing a cowardly venom at J. Arthur Boast’s unexpected success
-and good fortune, that was neither dignified nor just. Boast led the
-way to the Prospector office, and was followed by a throng of determined
-miners and angry citizens, who were in a frame of mind that boded no
-good for Vance Gilder.
-
-Louise Bonifield had just come over to the Prospector office with a
-message from her father, and met Arthur Boast at the office door. Louise
-tripped lightly into the office and saluted Vance with a cheery smile
-and good morning, while Boast paused in the doorway.
-
-“Good morning, Mr. Gilder,” said he, savagely.
-
-“Good morning,” replied Vance.
-
-“Who wrote this editorial?” asked Boast, striking vigorously a copy
-of the Prospector which he held in his hand. “I tell you,” continued
-Boast, “I never murdered Rufus Grim, and any man that says I did is a
-liar, abase scoundrel, and a contemptible whelp!”
-
-[235] “That’s right! Ay, ay!” exclaimed the mob that was standing
-behind Boast, ready at a moment’s notice to loot the printing office.
-
-Vance was cool and collected. He noticed that Boast spoke in his
-old-time thin, piping voice, and his eyes were restless and glittered
-like a fiend’s. The element of manhood and of the philosopher had
-wholly disappeared.
-
-Louise stepped quickly forward before Vance could make a reply, and
-laying her hand on Boast’s arm, said: “Arthur, you know I have
-always been your friend. I am sure Mr. Gilder has never accused you of
-murdering Mr. Grim. What do you mean?”
-
-“But he has accused me,” retorted Boast. “Read this!”
-
-Vance stepped hurriedly from behind the case, and drawing Louise gently
-back, stood face to face with Arthur Boast. He was calm and determined.
-“Where,” said he, “where have I accused you of murdering Rufus
-Grim? Point out the sentence in the article where your name even
-appears?”
-
-“Well, you haven’t used my name, but you might as well have done
-so.”
-
-“No,” said Vance, as his eyes gleamed with fiercest indignation and
-anger, “I have not accused you, Arthur Boast, but you, by this act,
-with your mob of hirelings behind you, have accused yourself. Now
-you must, and by the eternals, shall answer to the law. A guilty
-conscience,” he continued, “needs no accuser, and it is your
-accusing conscience that has prompted you to come here and publicly
-charge yourself with the crime. Neither you, nor your host of admirers
-on full pay, can intimidate me. If you can pass through the test of a
-thorough investigation, and can be proved innocent, then I will have
-[236] no more to say, but until you do this, I shall publicly accuse you
-and denounce you as the murderer of Rufus Grim!”
-
-Vance towered up like a giant before the writhing and shriveling form of
-J. Arthur Boast.
-
-0244
-
-“Well, I don’t know that you have accused me in this editorial,”
-whined Boast, “and I don’t know as I need to take any steps of
-revenge until you dare to use my name in your paper. I guess I’ll wait
-and see what my [237] lawyer advises. Fall back, boys, I have nothing
-farther to say at this interview.”
-
-“But I have,” said Vance, in thundering tones, “and before long I
-shall have much to say.”
-
-“Well, you won’t say it through the columns of the Gold Bluff
-Prospector. It is my property; I have the bill of sale in my pocket.”
-
-“Yes,” said Vance, “yours is the weapon of a coward; the unholy
-use of the power of money, but your plan of securing possession of the
-Prospector has no terrors for me. The copy of the Prospector that you
-hold in your hand contains the last editorial I ever expect to write for
-the paper. It may please you to know that my last dollar is gone; I am
-penniless, and without interference from you the Prospector has been
-issued for the last time under my management. I have been typo, managing
-editor, devil, form setter, city editor, publisher and everything else,
-trying hard to make an honest living. I am now through. You and
-your host of satellites will oblige me by leaving the premises. Come
-to-morrow morning and take possession. You’ll not find me in the
-way.”
-
-Boast turned, and facing his mob of backers said, with the forced laugh
-of a whipped man:
-
-“I thought I would squelch him, boys; he had to cave in, you bet.”
-His voice was shrill and squeaky, and his braggadocio air, as he led his
-admirers away, hid but poorly his nervousness and agitation.
-
-Vance and Louise were alone. Louise had stood by during the interview,
-startled and alarmed. She marvelled at Vance’s strength; at his
-grandeur; at his nobleness; and when she heard him say that now he was
-penniless, she remembered the sacrifices he had made to help her
-father. He turned toward her and their eyes met. It came to her like an
-inspiration, that her respect and admiration for him in times past had
-been but a prelude to the pulsing love she now felt for him. She reached
-out both her hands toward him; he took them, and a moment later she was
-sobbing on his breast. No word had been spoken, but volumes had been
-interchanged in that one look.
-
-The doorway was darkened. They quickly looked up, Louise through her
-tears, and Vance with a beaming countenance. Colonel Bonifield was
-surveying the situation with a look of genuine surprise on his face.
-
-“Yo’ almost pa’lyze me, suh,” said the Colonel, “indeed yo’
-do. Why, Mr. Gilder, I sent my little girl oveh here to tell yo’ that
-I had a matteh of vehy great impo’tance to talk oveh with yo’, but
-she was gone so long, suh, [238] that I became impatient and came oveh
-myself.”
-
-“Oh, papa,” said Louise, “Mr. Gilder and Arthur have had a
-terrible quarrel!”
-
-“A quarrel, suh; why, how is that?”
-
-“I am always ready to talk with you, Colonel,” said Vance, in a
-confused way, and unconsciously retaining one of Louise’s hands.
-
-“Well, now, if my little girl,” said the Colonel “God bless her!
-will go oveh home and see about preparin’ dinneh and lay an extra
-plate fo’ yo’, we’ll have our talk and come oveh a little
-lateh.”
-
-While no word had been spoken between Vance and Louise, yet he believed
-that his great love had been understood and rewarded. He lifted her
-hand to his lips as she started to go, with that chivalrous respect
-so becoming in the knights of old. When she was gone, Vance turned and
-thought he saw a smile chasing rapidly over the Colonel’s face.
-
-“Wait a moment, Colonel,” said Vance, “I have some choice cigars
-that were sent me from New York. Here, try this one.”
-
-“Thank yo’,” [239] said the Colonel, “I neveh felt mo’ like
-smokin’ in my life than I do this mawnin’ As they lit their cigars,
-they walked out in front of the printing office. The morning sun
-mellowed the crisp and invigorating mountain air. Vance narrated his
-interview with Boast. The Colonel’s face clouded with a troubled
-expression. Presently he said:
-
-“Mr. Gilder, we have at last finished our work on Gray Rocks.”
-
-“I am very glad,” was Vance’s reply.
-
-“Yo’ fo’ced me, suh, at one time,” said the Colonel, “to make
-a promise. When I pledge my word of honor, suh, as I did to yo’, it is
-sacred. Heretofore yo’ most naturally, Mr. Gilder, have asked me what
-I advised. I now come to yo’ and ask, what do yo’ advise?”
-
-“Colonel Bonifield,” said Vance, “I am glad you ask me what I
-advise. You know, Colonel, when you first came to New York city, you
-thought that if you could only get to the 300 foot level you would
-cross-cut into a mine of untold wealth.”
-
-“Yes, suh,” replied the Colonel, “that is so, and yo’ freely
-gave me the money to push the work.”
-
-“Yes,” said Vance, and unconsciously with the toe of his boot he dug
-in the sand as if he was seeking the 300 foot level, “at the 300 foot
-level your efforts were not rewarded. Then you started for the 400 foot
-level.”
-
-[240] “Yes, suh,” said the Colonel, “and again you gave me the
-money.”
-
-“Yes, yes,” said Vance, as the toe of his boot dug still deeper in
-the sand, “but again you failed. Then I gave you the last dollar of
-ready money I had in the world to sink the shaft on down to the 500 foot
-level.”
-
-“Vehy true,” said the Colonel, “and would have given me mo’ if
-yo’ had had it.”
-
-“Most assuredly,” said Vance, as his boot struck the rock that lay
-beneath the sand. “Yes,” said he, planting his heel firmly on the
-rock, “you have at last reached the 500 foot level. Heretofore, I have
-listened to your advice, and now I hope you will be guided by mine. I
-have been away from New York over two years. I have not left Gold Bluff
-for more than a year. I have remained close to Gray Rocks, alternately
-hoping and doubting that you would be successful. Colonel Bonifield,
-I have no regrets. You have been earnest and sincere, though sadly
-mistaken, in regard to this mining venture.”
-
-“Well, well, suh,” said the Colonel, as he waited for Vance to go
-on.
-
-“I have something [241] to say to you, Colonel—I love your daughter
-with my whole heart, and more devotedly, it seems to me, than ever man
-loved woman before. I have a beautiful home in New York city, with ample
-means to care for her and you. My advice is that you and your lovely
-daughter, with those dependent upon you, come with me and we will leave
-these western wilds, so associated with disappointment, and go to
-my city home. This morning, for the first time, I have had reason to
-believe that your daughter reciprocated the great love I bear her. You
-are now an old man, Colonel, and while I have not a doubt in the world
-that if you would sink your shaft to the 600 foot level, say, or,
-perhaps to the 700 foot level, you would strike the vein of gold you
-have been looking for so many years; yet, what is the use, Colonel
-Bonifield, what is the use? My love for your daughter is very great,
-and I believe it is unselfish. A home of plenty awaits us. Hardships and
-disappointment alone have been the reward of our earnest efforts.
-Why not go away from it all? Yes, let us go and forget the trials,
-hardships, and hopes deferred of a frontiersman’s life, and let me
-help you spend the remaining years of your life in quiet, peace, and
-contentment.”
-
-“Yo’ do me honor, suh,” replied the Colonel, as he brushed a mist
-from his eyes, “bawn in the nawth, yet yo’ possess the true chivalry
-of a southern gentleman. Yes, suh, yo’ do, indeed. It is true we sunk
-the shaft to the 300 foot level, and finally, to the 500 foot level, and
-you, suh, have fu’nished the money fo’ this great work. I thought
-my men would stay with me and help cross-cut into the vein, but I found,
-when I spoke to them about the matteh, that they only had confidence
-in Gray Rocks so long as there was money in my purse to pay their wages
-every Saturday night. When they dese’ted me, suh, I worked away alone,
-and finally that little girl, Louise, went down with me yeste’day
-early in the mawnin’, and we didn’t get home until after nine
-o’clock last night.”
-
-[242] “What!” said Vance, “Louise been working down in the mine?”
-
-“Yes, suh, the hardest day’s work I eveh put in on Gray Rocks was
-yeste’day.”
-
-“Why did you not let me know?” asked Vance, “I would have come and
-helped you most cheerfully, rather than have let her do the work of a
-man, and 500 feet under ground at that.”
-
-“Well, hold on, Mr. Gilder, let me tell yo’. We had a goodly portion
-of giant powder yeste’day mawnin’, and yo’ve no idea how much
-assistance Louise gave me. I took the measu’ments a dozen times, suh,
-durin’ the day, and it seemed to me that by workin’ a little late,
-we might finally blast through into the vein.”
-
-“Yes, Colonel, ‘where the vein might have been,’.rdquo; said
-Vance, with a merry twinkle in his eye, while he struck his heel in
-an absent way against the rock. The Colonel paid no attention to the
-interruption.
-
-“Finally, suh, we made our last, drill, and filled it up with every
-grain of powdeh we had left. My little Louise had to dust every powdeh
-can in ordeh to have enough to make the last blast. We retired, suh, as
-usual, afteh I had lit the fuse, and yo’ ought to have heard that
-last blast go off! My daughter, suh, God bless her, tried to dull
-the disappointment that she felt sure was awaitin’ our effo’ts
-by gettin’ me to promise not to be too much disappointed; but I had
-confidence; yes, suh, right up to the last. Well, suh, the smoke finally
-cleared away, and my God! suh, my old eyes wept for joy!”
-
-“What!” exclaimed Vance.
-
-“Look at this piece of ore, Mr. Gilder; richer, yes, suh, richer than
-anything ever discovered in the Peacock. [243] Yes, suh, my deah
-Gilder, we have made our last blast, and Gray Rocks is worth two million
-dollars. The agent of a rich minin’ corporation of Butte City made me
-an offer of that sum this mawnin’.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVII.—AT LAST!
-
-9252
-
-EFFECT [244] on the people of a mining camp of one of those fabulously
-rich “strikes” like Gray Recks mine proved to be, may be imagined
-but cannot be described in words. Shopkeeper, citizen and miner alike,
-go wild with enthusiasm over so important a discovery. Congratulations
-were showered upon Colonel Bonifield and Vance from every quarter. Every
-one in Gold Bluff felt it his privilege to call at Colonel Bonifield’s
-home and pay his respects to one who had lived so long in their midst,
-and who had so persistently and so patiently maintained unbounded
-confidence in a proposition that was looked upon by others as a
-money-losing venture.
-
-Independent of the fortune left him by his father, Vance was now a
-millionaire. In his prosperity he did not forget his old friends. He
-called on the sheriff and again offered himself as bondsman for Steve
-Gibbons. The bond was accepted, and a half hour later, Gibbons was
-released. Hank Casey surrendered himself, and was also immediately
-bailed out of custody.
-
-One evening the stage coach brought to Gold Bluff Homer Winthrop and
-his young bride, nee Virgie Bonifield. It was a great surprise to the
-Bonifield household.
-
-[245] “And this accounts,” said Vance to Homer, after he had
-congratulated him, “this accounts for Marcus Donald hastening away
-from Gold Bluff.”
-
-“Yes,” said Homer, “I could not think of having the ceremony take
-place without my old friend and associate, Marcus Donald, being
-present. We have traveled together so long, in adversity as well as in
-prosperity, that we are quite inseparable.”
-
-“He is a great character,” replied Vance, “his disinterested
-assistance and help I have recently seen demonstrated in a marked
-degree.”
-
-“He is one of the ‘salt of the earth,’.rdquo; replied Winthrop,
-enthusiastically, “he is not only a sunny day friend, but one in
-the hour of need—indeed, he is a man among men. By the way,” he
-continued, “I want to congratulate you with all my heart on the great
-Gray Rocks strike.”
-
-“Thank you,” replied Vance, “the prosperity could never have come
-at a more opportune time. My finances was reduced to the last dollar
-when Colonel Bonifield broke the news to me.”
-
-“I received your letter, written some ten days ago,” said
-Winthrop, “and have sold those twenty-five lots your New York friends
-purchased.”
-
-“Thank God for that!” ejaculated Vance.
-
-“Yes, I sold them for $800 apiece, or $20,000. As they only paid
-$2,500 for them, I hardly think they can complain at the profits. Oh,
-you have no idea what a city Waterville has become. The great waterpower
-has been effectually harnessed, the streets are paved; electric car
-lines, planing mills, and scores of other manufacturing concerns are
-in full operation. Our population is now [246] numbered by thousands,
-instead of hundreds, while busy activity and prosperity are apparent on
-every hand.”
-
-“You quite astonish me, old fellow,” replied Vance, “indeed you
-do; but I needed no greater proof of Waterville’s prosperity than your
-report of the sale of lots belonging to my New York friends. Once, old
-fellow, I gave you my promise to wait five years before passing judgment
-on your enterprise. Hardly half that time has elapsed, yet it gives
-me pleasure to assure you that I am already better satisfied with
-Waterville than I ever dared hope for.”
-
-“Thank you,” said Homer, “your ‘Two Honorable Exceptions’
-article in the New York Banner was indeed prophetic.”
-
-“Yes,” said Vance, “while the prophecies of Col. Alexander, B.
-Webster Legal, Gen. Ira House, and other members of your Waterville Town
-Company, have been more than realized.”
-
-“My associates,” said Homer, “in the great work of building up
-Waterville, have at last met with a compensation which I cannot but feel
-is a just one. Taking it all and all, they are a grand lot of fellows,
-each one a study within himself; nevertheless, collectively a phalanx of
-strength.”
-
-“By the way,” he continued, “it was my noble little wife, Virgie,
-that started the boom last spring. She learned in some mysterious way
-that a private school fund had been created for her special benefit, and
-in order to return the money, purchased the first lots that we had
-sold for months and months, and from that day the boom started, until
-now—well, you’ll have to see the place to realize the wonderful
-changes and improvements.”
-
-[247] “Hers,” said Vance, “is certainty a sweet and noble
-character.”
-
-“Yes, indeed,” replied Winthrop, laughingly, “I still think she is
-the most practical member of the Bonifield family.”
-
-“Indeed,” said Vance, “I remember the allusion, and I beg to
-assure you that my opinion remains unchanged in regard to Louise.”
-
-“I notice,” said Winthrop, “that our old acquaintance, J. Arthur
-Boast, has had quite a rise in the world—at the head of the Peacock
-mine, I understand.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Vance, while a sorrowful expression swept over his
-face, “I fear his rise preceeds a mighty fall. Gibbons and Casey have
-been arrested for the Grim murder, but have given bonds, and are waiting
-for their attorney, B. Webster Legal, and to use one of Steve Gibbons’
-expressions, ‘Things are liable to be sizzlin’ hot for Boast before
-long. ‘”
-
-“Why,” interrupted Winthrop, “you cannot mean—”
-
-“Yes,” continued Vance, “I do mean that J. Arthur Boast murdered
-Rufus Grim. I have the evidence. Hank Casey saw the act.”
-
-“Why, you astonish me!”
-
-“Casey,” continued Vance, “was at first afraid to report the
-matter, nor did he until he went to Waterville. You were away at the
-time, and he confided to Mr. Donald. His own and Steve Gibbons’ long
-years of warfare with Grim over the Peacock, he was afraid, would cause
-people to suspect them of the crime. He divined rightly. There is a
-great prejudice against both of them.”
-
-“I never was more surprised in my life!” said Winthrop, [248]
-“and while I never liked the fellow, yet I had no idea he would commit
-murder.”
-
-The next day a warrant was issued for the arrest of J. Arthur Boast,
-charging him with the murder of Rufus Grim. A most diligent search was
-made, but the officer was unable to find him. His wife was in tears and
-prostrated with grief, declaring she had no idea of his whereabouts.
-
-It was the morning before Thanksgiving that Vance received a certain
-letter. It was from Arthur Boast, and read as follows:
-
-At Home.
-
-Dear Sir:
-
-Why I write to you above all others, is more than I can tell. An
-impulse, actuated by some wandering spirit from the regions of darkness
-and the damned, forces me to it. The things I want to do, I am unable to
-accomplish. The acts I loathe and abhor, I am made a cat’s-paw of to
-perform by some unknown impelling force.
-
-It may be that some men can shape their own destiny—mine has been
-shaped for me.
-
-I have never seen the time I did not fear you, and cannot remember
-the time I did not hate and despise you. I sought your friendship for
-protection. When I needed your support, you turned against me.
-
-Rufus Grim was my evil genius in this life, and he is more unbearable
-dead than living. Every night since I murdered him—yes, it was I who
-did the deed—he has visited me in my dreams All night long he walks up
-and down my bed-room—back and forth—and curses me. Sometimes I pull
-the covers well over my head, and try to sleep, but he pulls them off
-and rubs his cold, clammy hands threateningly over my face. He has found
-out also that I robbed the stage coach and bribed the sheriff.
-
-I am tired of it all. I have not slept for ten nights. My brain [249]
-is on fire. You want vengeance, but I intend to cheat you—yes? I will
-cheat you—and in this way I find my only consolation.
-
-An hour ago my attorney came to my hiding-place, and told me the higher
-courts had reversed the decision. When this is known all Gold Bluff will
-turn against me. Even now I can hear them hissing the words. Scoundrel!
-scoundrel! murderer! murderer! in tantalizing scorn.
-
-My ambition has always been to be wealthy. Now I am so poor that if I
-continued to live and was not hunted down and sent to prison, I would
-not even have a crust of bread to eat.
-
-Yes, Gibbons and Casey are now the owners of the Peacock mine—the
-higher courts have so decided. With their money, they’ll join you in
-persecuting me—but I’ll cheat them as well as you. Your longing for
-revenge shall not be satisfied.
-
-At the old prospect shaft on the Peacock, where I struck the fatal blow
-that hurled Rufus Grim into eternity, you will find all that remains of
-the persecuted, despised and hated.
-
-J. Arthur Boast.
-
-To Vance Gilder.
-
-A search was at once made, and his lifeless body found near the old
-prospect shaft.
-
-9257
-
-A bullet wound in his temple, and the weapon still clutched in his hand,
-told of the maniac’s suicide.
-
-The people of Gold Bluff were astonished at the rapidity with which
-history was being made. The sheriff was missing, and his absence gave
-color to Boast’s statement about the sheriff being an accomplice in
-the stage robbery.
-
-The undisputed owners of the Peacock mine, Casey and Gibbons, the
-multi-millionaires, were entirely vindicated by Boast’s letter,
-and not [250] a shadow of suspicion rested against them; indeed, the
-citizens of Gold Bluff suddenly remembered that Mr. Henry Casey and
-Stephen Gibbons, Esq., were most excellent gentlemen. It was astonishing
-to find how many “friends” flocked around them to tender their
-congratulations.
-
-It was Thanksgiving night, and Vance, with the members of the Bonifield
-household, was seated before the open grate, where a cheerful fire
-burned brightly. [251] They had been talking it all over, and the
-Colonel, in a subdued but satisfied way, thanked God that he had been
-permitted to live long enough to see a fulfillment of his life’s
-dream.
-
-8258
-
-Both Louise and Virgie were animated and happy, and Homer Winthrop had
-been dilating upon Waterville’s wonderful prosperity.
-
-Presently the door opened, and Aunt Sally came in. “Good evenin’,
-Mr. Gilder,” said she, in her rich Southern accent, “I ‘low this
-is the happiest day of our lives.”
-
-“Yes, indeed,” replied Vance, “we owe many apologies to your
-brother for our seeming lack of confidence in Gray Rocks.”
-
-She looked at him quickly over her spectacles, and replied, “Lack of
-confidence, Mr. Gilder? I’d like to know who lacked confidence in my
-brother Benjamin’s mine! Fo’ myself, I have believed from the first
-that Benjamin would strike it if I could only keep him workin’ away
-long enough.”
-
-Vance was non-plussed, and was about to reply, when the Colonel
-interposed. “Yo’ see, suh,” said he, with a knowing twinkle in
-his eye, “I have often obse’ved to yo’ that my sisteh is a most
-ext’ao’dina’y person; yes, suh, most ext’ao’dina’y indeed.
-She has been a powehful support to me, suh, in my effo’ts.”
-
-This seemed to partially pacify Aunt Sally. Presently she said, “I
-‘spect, Mr. Gilder, yo’ are thinkin’ ‘bout a convehsation we
-had a few months ago in regard to sinkin’ the shaft. Of cou’se yo’
-didn’t know how much strategy I had to resort to that I might keep
-Benjamin from getting disheartened. Of cou’se I won’t allow nobody
-to say anythin’ against my brother, but I ‘low he is the contrariest
-man livin’, I do indeed, suh. Time and again I have been fo’ced to
-pretend that I was opposin’ him, just to make him go on work in’ and
-sinkin’ that shaft, but at last it is all over with, and I’ve much
-to be thankful fo’ that I was spared so that I could keep on naggin’
-at Benjamin and spurrin’ him up, until finally his effo’ts were
-rewa’ded.” Soon after, she embraced Louise and Virgie tenderly, and
-retired.
-
-When she was gone, the Colonel looked up from the crackling fire, into
-which he had been gazing long and earnestly, and said, “I presume,
-Mr. Gilder, my sisteh is without question one of the greatest characters
-that ever lived, I do indeed, suh. I’m discoverin’, even to this
-day, new traits of superio’ity and strength in her. Indeed, suh, she
-is no o’dina’y woman. Though bawn in the South, and possessin’ in
-a high degree the very great refinement peculiar to our Southern ladies,
-yet at the same time her diplomacy in accomplishin’ great results
-equals the shrewdest Nawthe’n Yankee. Indeed, suh, she is a most
-rema’kable character; yes, suh, most rema’kable.” [252] A little
-later Homer and Virgie retired, pleading weariness. “Do you know,”
-said Colonel Bonifield, looking up from the fire again, “since our
-great discovery was made, I seem to want to do all my sleeping in the
-mawnin’.”
-
-“Papa,” said Louise, “is too busy thinking over and over again his
-great good fortune to get sleepy; but my! how late he does sleep in the
-morning!”
-
-“He has justly earned,” said Vance, “the rest he claims.’
-
-“Indeed he has,” replied Louise, approaching her father and pushing
-gently back his long white locks, “you are my darling old papa,” she
-continued in a caressing way, “and may sit up as late as you like, and
-sleep until noon every day if it is your wish.”
-
-“I’ll tell yo’, Mr. Gilder,” said the Colonel, rising and
-standing before the fire, “this little girl of mine is bound to spoil
-me; yes, suh; she always did humor me eveh since I can remembeh, and she
-is worse now than eveh befo’ Well, well, you’ll have to excuse me
-until I have another pipe of tobacco.” His elegant suit of black of
-the latest pattern added to his dignified appearance, and made a strange
-contrast, Vance thought, with the miner’s garb he had worn for so many
-years. He pushed through the portieres that opened into the library,
-and Louise and Vance were left alone, for the first time since the rich
-discovery had been announced.
-
-A doubt came into Vance’s mind whether he was glad of it or not.
-Heretofore this noble girl whom he had loved so long and patiently
-had been in a measure dependent upon him—now she was an heiress.
-He fancied he detected a restraint in her conversation that was
-embarrassing. His own unworthiness rose up before him, and he was
-engulfed in the cowardice of a lover! What if she should refuse him?
-Cross-cutting into a pinched-out vein would be nothing in comparison
-with such a disappointment. Presently, at his request, she went to the
-piano, and sang for him.
-
-She sang [253] with far more feeling than ever before. Her heart
-was filled with a maiden’s dearest happiness—a deep, reciprocal,
-unspoken love of limitless depth. Yes, with the unerring divination of
-a woman, she knew that Vance’s love was wholly hers. There was a love
-song before her, and under its cover, she would declare her own without
-restraint. She sang with the rapture of a mountain thrush, in notes so
-rich, so innocent, so plaintively low, so delightfully thrilling.
-
-Vance listened with bated breath. There are pleasures so keen as to
-be painful. “I am so inferior to her,” he thought, with unselfish
-humility, “but to live without her is impossible.” Finally she
-ceased playing and turned toward him with the music of her soul radiant
-upon her face. A momentary silence followed.
-
-“Louise,” [254] said Vance, and there was a tremulous rhythm in his
-voice, notwithstanding he tried to crush it into naturalness, “it
-may be news to you, but I can no more help loving you than I can help
-breathing.” He walked back and forth before the open grate. “Please
-do not look away from me,” he went on, “as if I were so unworthy—I
-know that well enough. I would rather love you without hope than
-have the unselfish devotion of all the other women of the earth at my
-feet.”
-
-She had lifted her hands and covered her face. Her happiness was very
-great. She fears he would see it, vet he must know it, else she would be
-miserable.
-
-“What I have said,” Vance went on, “may be nothing to you, but it
-is either life or death to me. To-morrow I shall leave Gold Bluff for
-ever unless you wish me to remain.” Vance stood before the open grate
-still and motionless, and when she looked up, she saw his face was white
-as marble. She rose from the piano with tear-stained cheeks, flushing
-pink as La France roses with morning dew-drops upon them. She came
-forward a few steps, and then paused. Her golden wealth of hair [255]
-reflected the forelight, and made a halo about her girlish face and
-form. Her full red lips were parted with the tender smile of youth,
-purity and love. She was thinking, “I am certain of his love; I am
-sure of mine for him, and I will give myself entirely, yes, wholly into
-his keeping.” With one hand over her beating heart, she held the other
-toward Vance. In a moment he was by her side, and raising her hand,
-pressed it passionately to his lips. In the deliciousness of love’s
-dream, he led her to a divan and seated himself beside her. His arms
-stole about her, her head rested on her breast, and there a devout
-lover’s affection was sealed with love’s first kiss.
-
-A moment [256] later the portieres parted, and in the doorway stood the
-Colonel. His long white hair fell back from his temples, and there was
-a look of gladness upon his countenance. He lifted up his face toward
-Heaven, and in tones that were scarcely audible, said: “Such tender
-and sacred things of earth are sanctified in Heaven.”
-
-Yes, again the Shuttle of Fate wove into the web of Destiny the better
-attributes of a manly man and the ennobling love of a gentle woman.
-
-0261
-
-0263
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg’s My “Pardner” and I, by Willis George
-Emerson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MY “PARDNER” AND I ***
-
-***** This file should be named 52458-0.txt or 52458-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-http://www.gutenberg.org/5/2/4/5/52458/
-
-Produced by David Widger from page images generously provided by the
-Internet Archive
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will be
-renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
-Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this
-license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and
-trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
-be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific
-permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook,
-complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly
-any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances
-and research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU
-DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree
-to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the
-terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all
-copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things
-that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works even
-without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States.
-If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the United
-States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right
-to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or
-creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to
-Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support
-the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic
-works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with
-the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name
-associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this
-agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with
-others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing
-or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which
-the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
-“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you’ll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
-notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
-holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
-States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing
-or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
-associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
-the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission
-for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set
-forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute
-this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
-Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access
-to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method you
-already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
-owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has agreed to donate
-royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each
-date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your
-periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such
-and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
-address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to the
-Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you
-in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not
-agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm License. You
-must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
-possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access
-to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
-in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the
-Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The Project Gutenberg
-Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact
-the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
-inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other
-medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be
-read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
-of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees.
-YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY,
-BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN
-PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER,
-AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR
-ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
-EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect
-in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive
-a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written
-explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received
-the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your
-written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
-defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation,
-the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will remain
-freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
-permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. To
-learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and
-how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the
-Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information
-about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
-of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
-Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number
-is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
-federal laws and your state’s laws.
-
-The Foundation’s principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its volunteers
-and employees are scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business
-office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116,
-(801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to date contact information
-can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official page at
-www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-Dr. Gregory B. Newby Chief Executive and Director gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing
-the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely
-distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest array
-of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to
-$5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with
-the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
-statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside
-the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways
-including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate,
-please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright
-in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, including
-how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to
-our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-